owner’smanual - mahindra xuv300 · mahindra dealer or a qualified mechanic. if the inspection...

OOwwnneerr’’ss MMaannuuaall

W4/W6/W8/W8(O)

______________________________________________________________________________________

IIssssuuee DDaattee:: FFeebbrruuaarryy 22001199

NNOOTTEE: Carefully read, understand and follow the instructions provided in this manual, and keep it in a safe place for future reference. If you have anydoubt whatsoever regarding the use or care of your vehicle, please visit your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance or advice.

This Owner's Manual should be considered as an integral part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle.

__________________________________________________________________________________

MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA LTD., GATEWAY BUILDING, APOLLO BUNDER, MUMBAI - 400 039

www.mahindra.com

1 INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ........................1-1

Introduction.............................................................................1-1

Safety Symbols .......................................................................1-2

General Safety Information and Instructions ..................1-2

To Owners of a Mahindra Vehicle......................................1-4

Audio/Infotainment Manual ..............................................1-6

2 GENERAL ..........................................................................................2-1

Feature Matrix........................................................................2-1

Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Petrol ......2-6

Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Diesel ......2-7

Dimensions..............................................................................2-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)................................... 2-9

Engine Number .....................................................................2-9

Bulb Specification ............................................................... 2-10

Fuses & Relays.................................................................... 2-11

Changing a Flat Tyre .......................................................... 2-16

Jack Points........................................................................... 2-20

Technical Specifications .................................................... 2-25

3 OVERVIEW........................................................................................3-1

Front Overview........................................................................3-1

Rear Overview......................................................................... 3-2

Instrument Panel Overview ................................................3-3

4 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW.......................................... 4-1

Warning Lamps Overview....................................................4-2

Warning Lamps .....................................................................4-4

5 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS..............................................................5-1

Front Seats .............................................................................5-1

Head Restraint ....................................................................... 5-3

Passenger Seat......................................................................5-4

Rear Seat ............................................................................... 5-5

Seat Belts ................................................................................5-9

Infant and Child Safety ....................................................... 5-15

6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) ........................6-1

Airbags..................................................................................... 6-1

Front Airbags..........................................................................6-3

Seat Side Airbag and Curtain Airbag (if equipped).........6-4

Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Switch ...................................6-5

Airbag System Malfunction Lamp .....................................6-5

Table of Contents

Airbag Inflation/Deployment .............................................. 6-6

Child Restraint and Airbag .................................................. 6-8

Airbag Deployment ...............................................................6-9

Airbag Non-deployment........................................................6-9

Airbag Replacement .......................................................... 6-12

Self Removing SRS Related Parts .................................. 6-12

Airbag Disposal ................................................................... 6-12

Airbag Repair....................................................................... 6-12

Airbag Maintenance........................................................... 6-12

7 LOCKS AND KEYS .......................................................................... 7-1

Doors........................................................................................ 7-2

Tailgate Safety Release Lever............................................. 7-4

Central Locking System........................................................7-5

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (if equipped).........7-7

Smart Key System/Passive Keyless Entry (PKE) (if

equipped) .............................................................................. 7-12

If Smart Key is Lost ............................................................ 7-22

Battery Replacement for Remote Key/Smart

Key.......................................................................................... 7-23

Theft Detent Warning System......................................... 7-24

Engine Immobiliser System .............................................. 7-24

8 FEATURES AND CONTROL...........................................................8-1

Quadruple Switch...................................................................8-1

Mirrors.....................................................................................8-4

Interior Rearview Mirror (IRVM) ........................................8-5

Storage Compartments.......................................................8-7

Sun Visor .............................................................................. 8-16

Horn....................................................................................... 8-17

Sunroof (if equipped) .......................................................... 8-18

Interior Lamps..................................................................... 8-23

Microphone.......................................................................... 8-25

Power Outlet (12V) ............................................................ 8-25

AUX and USB Ports ........................................................... 8-27

Exterior Lamps .................................................................... 8-27

Windshield Wipers............................................................. 8-36

Engine Stop/Start System (ESS) .................................... 8-40

9 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES ..........................................9-1

Tachometer ............................................................................9-2

Table of Contents

Speedometer ..........................................................................9-2

Odometer.................................................................................9-3

Trip Meter ...............................................................................9-3

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge.................................9-3

Fuel Level Gauge ....................................................................9-4

W8/W8(O) Instrument Cluster screen flow..................9-5

W4/W6 instrument cluster screen flow........................9-6

Clock Screens (if equipped) .................................................9-7

Outside Ambient Temperature (if equipped) ...................9-7

Drive Information (if equipped)............................................9-8

Gear Recommendation .......................................................9-9

Fuel Computer........................................................................9-9

Digital Speedo Meter (if equipped) ................................. 9-10

Cluster Setting (if equipped) ............................................. 9-11

Mood Lighting (if equipped) .............................................. 9-13

Vehicle Condition Related Warning (W8/W8 (O)

only) ........................................................................................ 9-14

Tyre Direction Monitoring System (TDMS)................... 9-17

Steering Mode Control Alerts.......................................... 9-18

Smart Key Alerts ................................................................ 9-19

Steering Lock Alerts (for W8/W8 (O) only) ................ 9-19

Door Open Alerts ................................................................ 9-20

Functional Safety Alert ...................................................... 9-21

Warning / Tell-tale Lamps in the Instrument

Cluster................................................................................... 9-22

Warning Lamps in the Instrument Cluster .................. 9-24

10 PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM........................................................ 10-1

Front/Rear Obstacle Detection System (if

equipped) .............................................................................. 10-1

Parking Assistance System (PAS) – RPAS & FPAS (If

equipped) .............................................................................. 10-2

PAS (RPAS & FPAS) Information on Instrument

Cluster Screen .................................................................... 10-3

Operation of PAS ................................................................ 10-4

Pay Attention ....................................................................... 10-5

Limitations of PAS .............................................................. 10-7

Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) – Type 1

(if equipped).......................................................................... 10-8

Table of Contents

Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) - Type-2

(if equipped)........................................................................10-10

11 REAR VIEW CAMERA (RVC) (if equipped) .............................. 11-1

Feature Description ........................................................... 11-1

Screen View Selection ....................................................... 11-8

Entry and Exit Conditions................................................... 11-8

Camera Maintenance........................................................ 11-9

System Limitations ............................................................. 11-9

12 STEERING AND BRAKES............................................................ 12-1

Steering................................................................................. 12-1

Steering Mode Control Switch......................................... 12-3

Steering Controls - Audio (if equipped) .......................... 12-4

Brakes ................................................................................... 12-5

Hazard Activation Upon Crash ........................................ 12-7

Vehicle Breakdown Warning ........................................... 12-7

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)......................................... 12-7

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD)(if

equipped) .............................................................................. 12-8

13 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM

(HVAC)............................................................................................ 13-1

HVAC Overview.................................................................... 13-2

Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C (if

equipped) .............................................................................. 13-4

Manual Temperature Control (MTC) ...........................13-12

Defogging/Defrosting .....................................................13-17

Replacing Air Conditioner Filter.....................................13-19

14 STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE ................................. 14-1

Safety Tips - Before Starting Your Vehicle.................... 14-1

Starting the Engine............................................................. 14-2

Stopping the Engine ........................................................... 14-3

Exhaust Gases ..................................................................... 14-4

Driving Your Vehicle ........................................................... 14-4

Tips for Better Fuel Economy........................................... 14-8

Ignition Switch (if equipped) .............................................. 14-9

Pedals..................................................................................14-10

Transmission .....................................................................14-11

Electronic Stability Program (ESP) (if equipped) .......14-14

Table of Contents

Engine Idling .......................................................................14-15

Cruise Control (if equipped) ............................................14-16

Fuel.......................................................................................14-19

15 WHEELS AND TYRES ................................................................. 15-1

Tyre Information.................................................................. 15-1

Tyre Rating ........................................................................... 15-1

Tyre Label (Vehicle Placard)............................................. 15-3

Tyre Pressure...................................................................... 15-3

Tyre Rotation Recommendations ................................... 15-6

Tiretronics (if equipped) .................................................... 15-8

16 EMERGENCIES.............................................................................. 16-1

Hazard Warning Flashers ................................................ 16-1

Vehicle Does Not Start - Checks ..................................... 16-1

Vehicle Overheating............................................................ 16-2

Jumpstarting ....................................................................... 16-3

Limp Home Mode ............................................................... 16-7

Towing ................................................................................... 16-7

17 MAINTENANCE ............................................................................ 17-1

General Owner's Information ........................................... 17-1

Opening and Closing the Hood......................................... 17-4

Engine Compartment......................................................... 17-6

General Maintenance ........................................................ 17-8

In the Engine Compartment ............................................. 17-9

Maintenance - Inside the Vehicle ..................................17-13

Maintenance - Outside the Vehicle ...............................17-14

Battery.................................................................................17-14

Wiper Blades.....................................................................17-15

Appearance Care and Protection.................................17-16

Air-Conditioning System Maintenance.........................17-20

Vehicle Storage .................................................................17-20

Winter Care .......................................................................17-21

Bulb Replacements ..........................................................17-22

Projector Head Lamp (if equipped)...............................17-24

Service Reminder Alert (if equipped) ...........................17-24

Maintenance Schedule Chart (Petrol) .........................17-25

Maintenance Schedule Chart (Diesel) .........................17-28

Table of Contents

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 1-1

11 IINNTTRROODDUUCCTTIIOONN AANNDD SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS

11..11 IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn

Dear Customer,

Congratulations on purchasing MMaahhiinnddrraa XXUUVV330000. Your vehicle hasbeen designed to provide years of safe and dependable service, aslong as it is used and maintained in accordance with theinstructions provided in this manual.

All persons who will use and/or maintain this vehicle must read,understand and follow all warnings and instructions provided in thismanual. This Owner's Manual should be considered an integral partof the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle. However, nothingin this manual, and none of the safety devices installed in thevehicle, are a substitute for careful operation and common sense.Always make sure that your vehicle is in optimum working order,and take note of the road and weather conditions under which youare using your vehicle.

If you have any questions concerning the proper use ormaintenance of your vehicle, please call your Authorised MahindraDealer. A list of dealers can be found in the Dealer DirectorySupplement.

Alternatively, you can contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer at:

• 1800-209-6006 (Toll free)

• [email protected]

We extend our best wishes for safe and pleasurable motoring.

Sincerely,

MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA LTD

SSeerrvviicciinngg aanndd SSuummmmaarryy DDaattaa

• For all issues concerning the vehicle and for any need of spareparts, contact only the Authorised Mahindra Dealer network

• We recommend you always use genuine Mahindra spare partswhen performing repairs on the vehicle

• We suggest that you record the vehicle data in the WWaarrrraannttyy aannddIInnffoorrmmaattiioonn GGuuiiddee for future references

IINNTTRROODDUUCCTTIIOONN AANNDD SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS

1-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019

11..22 SSaaffeettyy SSyymmbboollss

Carefully read, understand and follow the safety symbols/instructions given in this manual.

LLeeggeenndd ooff tthhee SSyymmbboollss

To emphasise information and procedures regarding safety, use,maintenance, etc., the following symbols are used throughout themanual:

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, ifnot avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, ifnot avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, ifnot avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury and/orproperty damage.

NOTICE indicates important information relevant to the vehicle,the vehicle's use or to sections of this manual to which

particular attention must be paid for optimum use of thevehicle.

If you see this symbol, it indicates “no,” “do not,” “do not do this,” or“never”.

11..33 GGeenneerraall SSaaffeettyy IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn aanndd IInnssttrruuccttiioonnss

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions provided in thismanual could result in failure of the vehicle, an accident and/orserious personal injury.

1. Carefully read, understand and follow the warnings andinstructions given in this manual. This manual is an essentialpart of the product. Keep it in the vehicle’s glove box for futurereference.

2. Please note that throughout this manual, reference is madethat “an accident” could occur. An accident could cause you ora bystander to sustain personal injury, or result in propertydamage.

3. Never use a mobile phone or any device with headphone whiledriving. This may take your focus off the road and lead toaccidents.



4. Please be advised that many service and repair tasks requirespecialised knowledge, tools and experience. Generalmechanical aptitude may not be sufficient to properly serviceor repair your vehicle. If you have any doubt whatsoeverregarding the ability to properly service or repair your vehicle,please contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer or a qualifiedtechnician.

5. Inspect the seat belt system periodically, checking for cuts,frays or wear in the seat belt webbing, or loose buckles,retractors, anchors or other loose parts. Damaged parts mustbe replaced immediately.

6. Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area. Ifin an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside. Do notmodify or tamper with the exhaust system.

7. Examine tyres for excessive tread wear and uneven wearpatterns. Check for stones, nails, glass, or other objects lodgedin the tread and check sidewalls for any cuts, cracks, or othersigns of wear. Replace as necessary.

8. Always maintain the safety labels affixed to your vehicle in agood legible condition.

9. All signal lamps, buzzers, shields, guards and other protectivesafety devices must always remain in place and in good, properworking condition.

10. The lifespan of Mahindra products depend on many factors.Improper use, abuse or harsh use in general may compromisethe integrity of the vehicle and significantly reduce its lifespan.The vehicle is also subject to wear over a period of time. Please

have your vehicle regularly inspected by an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer or a qualified mechanic. If the inspectionreveals any damage or excessive wear, immediately replace orhave the component serviced.

11. We recommend that you use only genuine parts supplied byMahindra. The use of non-Mahindra parts will not be coveredby warranty.

12. Never crawl under or be in close proximity to the vehicle whenit is lifted off the ground (by a jack), unless the vehicle isproperly supported with jack stands, wheel chocks and otherappropriate safety devices.

13. Never attempt any repairs or adjustments to any componentwhile the vehicle is in motion. Always switch off the engine, andwait for the engine to come to a complete stop beforeperforming any repairs or adjustments.

14. The vehicle identification plates are the only legal identificationreference, hence it is necessary to keep them in goodcondition. Never modify data on the plates or remove them.The customer is responsible for any possible tampering withthe plates, which will immediately void the warranty.

15. Do not attempt sharp turns, abrupt manoeuvres, or otherunsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control.When the vehicle is fully loaded, drive at a slow speed,especially when turning. Note that the centre of gravity of thevehicle changes when the vehicle is fully loaded, and also ifluggage is mounted on the roof carrier.



11..44 TToo OOwwnneerrss ooff aa MMaahhiinnddrraa VVeehhiiccllee

When first driving the vehicle after long periods of non-use, you mayexperience a temporary drive disturbance. This is a characteristicof the tyres and should be no reason for concern. The conditionshould correct itself within 5-15 km. of driving. If the disturbancepersists, have the tyres checked by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

DDrriivviinngg aanndd AAllccoohhooll

Your driving ability can be seriously impaired by alcohol even if theblood alcohol level is far below the legal minimum. Drunken drivingis one of the most frequent causes of accidents.

Never drink and drive. Drinking and driving will lead to anaccident resulting in serious personal injury.

DDrriivviinngg aanndd DDrruuggss//MMeeddiiccaattiioonn

Your driving ability can be seriously impaired through the use ofprescription or non-prescription drugs or medication (even coughsyrup). If you are taking any sort of drug or medication, be sure thatit will not affect your driving ability.

MMoobbiillee PPhhoonneess WWaarrnniinngg

Use of electronic devices such as mobile phones, computers,portable radios or other by the driver while driving is dangerous. Inexceptional condition, if use of a mobile phone is necessary despite

this warning, use a handsfree system to ensure that the hands arefree to drive the vehicle. Even handsfree do not ensure that due todistraction an accident will not happen.

Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use ofcommunication equipment in vehicles in your country.

DDrriivviinngg LLoonngg DDiissttaanncceess

When you are driving over long distances, follow these tips so thatyou have a safe journey:

• Lack of sleep or fatigue will impact your ability to drive safely

• Exercise your eyes by shifting the focus of your eyes to differentparts of the road

• Use stimulating beverages such as coffee or tea

• Relax and stay calm

• Take breaks at regular intervals

PPrrootteeccttiinngg OOuurr EEnnvviirroonnmmeenntt

All of us should play our part in protecting our environment.Judicious vehicle usage and ensuring hazardous waste disposal(including cleaning and lubrication fluids) are important stepstowards this initiative.

Mahindra vehicles conform to existing emission norms (standards).Adhering to the periodical maintenance schedule and using



Mahindra genuine parts will help retain emission performance ofthe vehicle and is a pre-requisite for emissions warranty coverage.

SSeerrvviicciinngg

If you have any questions concerning the proper use ormaintenance of your vehicle, please call your Authorised MahindraDealer. A list of dealers can be found in the Dealer DirectorySupplement or on the Internet.

Alternatively, you can contact us on 11880000--220099--66000066 //ccuussttoommeerrccaarree@@mmaahhiinnddrraa..ccoomm..

RRuunnnniinngg--iinn

Driving smoothly during first 1,000 km. will help to preventabnormal and premature system wear. Proper running-in willimprove the life of drivetrain and vehicle components.

A new engine may consume more oil during the first 1,000 km. ofrunning. This should be considered as a normal part of break-in andnot interpreted as any problem with the engine.

MMaahhiinnddrraa GGeennuuiinnee PPaarrttss

Mahindra uses high quality parts for building the vehicles.

In the event that any part needs replacement, we recommend thatyou use only Mahindra genuine parts.

Non-Mahindra parts may harm vehicle performance and will not becovered by your Mahindra warranty.

To avoid counterfeit parts and to protect our brand image,Mahindra genuine parts are packed in a branded carton. Look forthe “Mahindra Genuine Parts” logo.

Any unauthorised modifications or alterations to this vehicle orfailure to use appropriate specification and quality spare partscould seriously affect vehicle roadworthiness and safety leadingto an accident, resulting in serious injury.

MMaahhiinnddrraa GGeennuuiinnee AAcccceessssoorriieess

A wide selection of quality accessories are available through yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer. These accessories have beenspecifically engineered to allow you to personalise your vehicle tosuit your requirements and complement its style and aerodynamicappearance.

Each accessory is made from high quality materials and meetsMahindra's rigid engineering and safety specifications. EveryMahindra accessory installed according to the Mahindrainstallation provisions comes with the respective accessorywarranty.

Consult your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for detailed informationabout accessories available for your specific model variant.



For maximum vehicle performance and safety considerations,always keep the following information in mind:

• The company does not take any responsibility forconsequential damages / injuries resulting due to fitment ofunauthorised aftermarket accessories and / or tapping /cutting wires in the wiring harness

• When adding accessories, equipment, passengers andluggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weightcapacity of the vehicle or of the front and rear axle. ConsultAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for specific weight information

• Bull bars and nudge guards are not recommended

• Accessories causing any change in vehicle specifications likewheel rims, bull bars, etc., may affect the performance ofsafety systems

• Mobile communication systems such as two-way radios,telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radiotransmitters and installed in your vehicle should comply withthe local regulations and should be installed only by yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer

VVeehhiiccllee SSaaffeettyy

When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:

• Always remove the ignition key when you park the vehicle

• Close all the windows completely and lock all the doors

• Do not leave any valuables in your vehicle. If you must leavesomething in your vehicle, hide them and securely lock all thedoors

11..55 AAuuddiioo//IInnffoottaaiinnmmeenntt MMaannuuaall

Please refer the user e-manual in infotainment for details regarding:

• Audio/Video functions (if equipped)

• Bluetooth functions

• Navigation (if equipped)

• Handsfree usage

• Ecosense (if equipped)

• Android Auto (if equipped)

• Car Play (if equipped)



22 GGEENNEERRAALL

22..11 FFeeaattuurree MMaattrriixx

In view of the policy of continuously improving our products, wereserve the right to alter specifications or designs without priornotice and without liability/obligation. Illustrations do not show

the vehicle in the standard form. Please be aware that thismanual may apply to various models/variants. As a result youmay find some explanations for equipment not installed on yourvehicle. All the information, illustration, and specifications in thismanual are based on the latest product information available atthe time of publication.

We recommend you to contact the nearest AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for latest features applicable to your vehicle.

FFEEAATTUURREE WW44 WW66 WW88 WW88((OO))

TTEECCHHNNOOLLOOGGYY

Micro Hybrid Technology (Engine Stop/Start) � �

Projector Head Lamps � �

Day Time Running Lamp (DRL) � �

18 cm (7”) Colour Touch Screen Infotainment Display with GPS, USB (Audio /Video), Bluetooth with Navigation, GPS Antenna and Inbuilt Compass � � �

10 cm (4") Monochrome Infotainment Display with USB, Bluetooth with BasicAudio Feature

Only for Diesel

Infotainment System (with Carplay and Android Auto) � �

Tiretronics �

Reverse Park Assist System � �

Rear View Camera � �

Front Park Assist System �

Auto Rain & Light Sensing Wipers � �

GGEENNEERRAALL



Intermittent Rear Wipers � �

Intelligent Light Sensing Head Lamps � �

Digital Immobiliser � � � �

Digital Trip and Tachometer � � � �

SMS Read Out � �

Voice Recognition System � �

Tweeter � �

Ecosense � � �

Mahindra Bluesense App � � � �

Electric Sunroof with Anti-Pinch �

Push-Button Start/Stop � �

Theft Detent Warning System with Burgler alarm � �

CCOOMMFFOORRTT

Steering Wheel-Leather � �

Gear Shift Knob-Leather � �

Steering Mode Control (Normal, Comfort & Sports) � � � �

HVAC (Manual) with Electrically operated temperature control � �

HVAC with Dual zone Automatic temperature control � �

Premium Fabric Seats � �

Fabric Seats �

Rear Seat Split (60/40) � � � �

GGEENNEERRAALL



Artificial Leather Upholstery �

Power-Foldable ORVM’s with Intergrated Indicator � �

Power-Adjustable ORVM’s � �

IRVM (Day/Night) � � �

IRVM (Auto Dimming) �

Adjustable Driver's Seat (with Height Adjuster) � �

Seat Belts (Pre-Tensioner + Load Limiter) � � � �

Seat Belts (Anchor Pre-Tensioner) � �

Height Adjustable Seat Belts (Front Row) � � � �

Sun Visor with Mirror & Illumination � �

SSTTYYLLEE

Supervision Cluster with Multi Colour Theme � �

Alloy Wheels �

Diamond Cut Alloy Wheels �

Spare Wheel R16” (Steel) R16 “(Steel) R17” (Steel) R17” (Steel)

Full Wheel Caps �

Auto Light Control System � �

Front Fog Lamps � �

Rear Fog Lamps � �

High Mounted Stop Lamp � In Spoiler In Spoiler In Spoiler

Dashboard and Door Trims Non Painted Non Painted Soft feelPainted

Soft feelPainted

GGEENNEERRAALL



2nd Row Armrest with Cupholder � �

CCOONNVVEENNIIEENNCCEE

Steering Mounted Cruise Controls � �

Steering Mounted Phone and Audio Controls � � �

Power Windows � � � �

Power Windows with Driver Side Express Up/Down with Anti-Pinch � �

Power Windows with Driver Side Express Down � �

Extended Power Window � � � �

Flip Key (Remote Key Entry) �

Smart Key � �

Key Illumination � �

Tinted Solar-Reflecting Glass � � � �

12V Accessory Socket � � � �

USB Port for Charging � � � �

USB Port for Infotainment connectivity � �

Rear Wash and Wipe � �

Rear De-Mister � �

Follow-Me-Home Head Lamps � � �

Lead-Me-To-Vehicle Lamps � � �

Roof Lamps Rear Only Rear Only Front and Rear Front and Rear

Door Ajar Lamps � �

Bottle Holder � � � �

GGEENNEERRAALL



Glove Box with Illumination lamp � �

SSAAFFEETTYY

Airbags (Driver + Passenger) � � � �

Knee Airbag (Driver) �

Seat Airbag & Curtain Airbags �

Seat Belt Reminder for Passenger Seats Front SeatsOnly

Front SeatsOnly

Front SeatsOnly

Front and RearSeats

Speed Sensing Door Lock � � � �

Impact Sensing Door Unlock � � � �

Passenger Airbag Off Switch � � � �

ISOFIX Child Seat Mount � � � �

ABS with Electronic Brake-Force Distribution (EBD) � � � �

Electronic Stability Program (ESP) with Hill Hold and Brake Assist � �

Collapsible Steering and Side Intrusion Beams � � � �

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..22 LLuubbrriiccaannttss && FFuueell RReeccoommmmeennddaattiioonn CChhaarrtt -- PPeettrrooll

SSyysstteemm LLuubbrriiccaannttRReeffiilllliinnggCCaappaacciittyy SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonn RReemmaarrkkss

EEnnggiinnee OOiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE FEO"NEW GENERATION GENUINE ENGINE OIL 4.0 litres Special Engine

Fluid

Always use "MAXIMILE FEO" new generationMahindra genuine engine oil. This is speciallydeveloped for your engine’s optimumperformance and fuel efficiency. In extreme casesof emergency and non-availability of above oil, wesuggest Engine Oil meeting minimum API SL SAE15W-40 specification can be used and replacedat 5,000 km. This alternate oil or other Brand willnot provide equivalent performance of aboveGenuine oil

EEnnggiinnee CCoooolliinnggMAHINDRA "MAXIMILE ULTRA

COOL"(READY-TO–USE COOLANT. NO NEED TO MIX WATER)

~3.0 litres

Brand Specific. Don’t use other coolants/water for top-up. In case ofemergency, coolant meeting JIS K-2234 specification should be used(30% concentration diluted with distilled water) and coolant changeperiod to be reduced to 30,000 km

TTrraannssaaxxllee OOiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE SYNTEC F2"NEW GENERATION GENUINE TRANSMISSION OIL 1.75 litres

Special ManualTransmissionFluid

In case of genuine oil non-availability, manualtransmission oil meeting API GL-4 SAE 80W-90specification is suggested. This alternate oil orother brand may not provide equivalentperformance of recommended genuine oil. DrainInterval should be reduced to 20000km.

BBrraakkee aanndd CClluuttcchh MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE DOT 4"GENUINE BRAKE FLUID

1.5 litres(includingbleeding)

If Maximile DOT 4 brake fluid is not available and in emergencyconditions, use Brake Fluid Meeting SAE J1703 FMVSS NO.116 DOT4 OR IS 8654 TYPE-2 Specification. Change it at 30,000 km or 2years whichever is earlier

RReeccoommmmeennddeedd FFuueellPetrol fuel conforming to Indianstandard IS 2796; 2017 BS–IVspecification or equivalent

42 litres —

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..33 LLuubbrriiccaannttss && FFuueell RReeccoommmmeennddaattiioonn CChhaarrtt -- DDiieesseell

SSyysstteemm LLuubbrriiccaannttRReeffiilllliinnggCCaappaacciittyy SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonn RReemmaarrkkss

EEnnggiinnee OOiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE FEO"NEW GENERATION GENUINE ENGINE OIL 6.0 litres Special Engine

Fluid

Always use "MAXIMILE FEO" new generationMahindra genuine engine oil. This is speciallydeveloped for your engine’s optimum performanceand fuel efficiency. In extreme cases of emergencyand non-availability of above oil, we suggest EngineOil meeting minimum API CH-4 SAE 15W-40specification can be used and replaced at 10,000km. This alternate oil or other Brand will notprovide equivalent performance of above Genuineoil

EEnnggiinnee CCoooolliinnggMAHINDRA "MAXIMILE ULTRA

COOL"(READY-TO–USE COOLANT. NO NEED TO MIX WATER)

~3.0 litres

Brand Specific. Don’t use other coolants/water for top-up. In case ofemergency, coolant meeting JIS K-2234 specification should be used(30% concentration diluted with distilled water) and coolant changeperiod to be reduced to 30,000 km

TTrraannssaaxxllee OOiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE SYNTEC F2"NEW GENERATION GENUINE TRANSMISSION OIL 1.75 litres

Special ManualTransmissionFluid

In case of genuine oil non-availability, manualtransmission oil meeting API GL-4 SAE 80W-90specification is suggested. This alternate oil orother brand may not provide equivalentperformance of recommended genuine oil. DrainInterval should be reduced to 20000km.

BBrraakkee aanndd CClluuttcchh MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE DOT 4"GENUINE BRAKE FLUID

1.5 litres(includingbleeding)

If Maximile DOT 4 brake fluid is not available and in emergencyconditions, use Brake Fluid Meeting SAE J1703 FMVSS NO.116 DOT4 OR IS 8654 TYPE-2 Specification. Change it at 30,000 km or 2years whichever is earlier

RReeccoommmmeennddeedd FFuueellDiesel fuel conforming to Indianstandard IS 1460; 2017 BS–IVspecification or equivalent

42 litres —

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..44 DDiimmeennssiioonnss

DDiimmeennssiioonn && WWeeiigghhttss mmmm

WWhheeeell BBaassee 2600

OOvveerraallll LLeennggtthh 3995

OOvveerraallll WWiiddtthh 1821

OOvveerraallll HHeeiigghhtt 1627

TTrraacckk WWiiddtthh ((FFrroonntt)) 1550

TTrraacckk WWiiddtthh ((RReeaarr)) 1563

22..44..11 FFrroonntt VViieeww

22..44..22 RReeaarr VViieeww

22..44..33 SSiiddee VViieeww

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..55 VVeehhiiccllee IIddeennttiiffiiccaattiioonn NNuummbbeerr ((VVIINN))

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is the legal identity of yourvehicle. The vehicle identification number is stamped on the VINplate riveted on the floor under the driver seat of the vehicle. Flipthe cutout provided in the carpet to view the VIN plate.

22..66 EEnnggiinnee NNuummbbeerr

Diesel Petrol

Engine Number is punched on the engine crank case adjacent totransaxle on the front side.

The engine number is also stamped on the VIN plate.

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..77 BBuullbb SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonn

LLaammpp BBuullbb WWaattttaaggee BBuullbb TTyyppee NNoo.. ooff BBuullbbss ppeerr VVeehhiiccllee

Headlamp High version – High beam H1 55W 12V 55W 2

Headlamp High version – Low beam H7 55W 12V 55W 2

Headlamp Low version High/Low beam H4 55/60W 12V 55/60W 2

Front position lamp – High version LEDs

Front position lamp – Low version W5W 12V 5W 2

Turn signal lamp – Front P21W 12V 21W 2

Front Fog lamp H16 19W 12V 19W 2

Side Turn signal lamp – Low version WY5W 12V 5W 2

Stop lamp LEDs

Rear position lamp LEDs

Turn signal lamp – Rear WY16W 12V 16W 2

Reverse lamp W16W 12V 16W 2

Rear Fog lamp P21W 12V 21W 2

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..88 FFuusseess && RReellaayyss

A fuse is the most common electric protection device. A fuse isplaced in an electrical circuit, so that when current flow exceedsthe rating of the fuse, it blows off.

The element in the fuse melts, opening the circuit and preventingother components of the circuit from being damaged by the overcurrent. The size of the metal fuse element determines the rating.Once a fuse blows off, it must be replaced with a new one.

Switch the ignition and all electrical equipment OFF before touchingor attempting to change a fuse.

The replacement fuse rating should be the same as the one youare replacing.

You can identify a blown fuse by a break in the filament. Allfuses except high current fuses are push fit. A fuse pullershould be used to remove the fuse from its position.

FFuussee ppuulllleerr iiss aavvaaiillaabbllee aatt tthhee eennggiinnee ccoommppaarrttmmeenntt ffuussee bbooxx..

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..88..11 EEnnggiinnee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt FFuussee BBooxx

Engine compartment fuse box is located adjacent to vehicle battery.

To open the fuse box cover, press the lock and push the cover backand lift it.

Spare fuses are provided in the fuse box for replacement of blownfuses. Ensure the correct rating fuse is replaced with the blownfuse.

FFuussee LLaayyoouutt ::

GGEENNEERRAALL


FFUUSSEESSFFUUSSEE NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT FFUUSSEE RRAATTIINNGGF1 HORN 15AF2 ENG ECU 15AF3 FUEL PUMP 20A

F4 H/LAMP LO 20A

F5 ABS 30AF6 WIPER 20AF7 - -

F8 DRL 10AF9 & 10 - -

F11 TCU 15AF12 - -

F13 HVAC 10AF14 RR DEMISTER 30A

F15 H/LAMP HI

F16 TAIL LAMP 15AF17 GNS 15A

F18 to 20 - -

F21 H/LAMP LH H/LAMP LH

F22 H/LAMP RH H/LAMP RH

F23 INJECTOR, FUM&HFM INJECTOR,FUM&HFM

F24 VVT-IN & OUT, VOP VVT-IN & OUT, VOP

F25 IGN COIL IGN COILF26 ORVM ORVM

FFUUSSEESSFFUUSSEE NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT FFUUSSEE RRAATTIINNGG

F27 WP, WGV WP, WGV

F28 TAIL LH TAIL LHF29 TAIL RH TAIL RHF30 LFS LFS

RREELLAAYY NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT RREELLAAYY TTYYPPEE//RRAATTIINNGGR1 HEAD LAMP HI 12V 20AR2 HORN 12V 20AR3 HVAC 12V 20AR4 WIPER HI 12V 20A 5PR5 START 12V 35AR6 COOLING FAN HI 12V 35AR7 GNS 12V 20AR8 HEAD LAMP LO 12V 20AR9 FUEL PUMP 12V 20AR10 TAIL LAMP 12V 20AR11 WIPER LO 12V 20A 5PR12 BLOWER 12V 35AR13 COOLING FAN LO 12V 35AR14 - -R15 ENGINE MAIN 40A 4PR16 TAIL LAMP 12V 20AR17 - -R18 - -R19 RR DEMISTER 12V 35AR20 - -

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..88..22 IInnssttrruummeenntt PPaanneell FFuussee BBooxx

This fuse box is located below the Instrument panel on the driverside. To access the fuse box, pull out the top panel as shown in theimage.

FFuussee LLaayyoouutt ::

GGEENNEERRAALL


FFUUSSEESSFFSS NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT FFUUSSEE RRAATTIINNGGFS1 START 10AFS2 INSIDE MIRROR 10AFS3 EPS, RVC, BCM, SMART KEY 10A

FS4 A/CON, HTR RLY, AUDIO 10A

FS5 H/LAMP LEVELLING DEVICE 10A

FS6 ABS/ESP 10A

FS7 TCU 10AFS8 TCU, HVAC 10A

FS9 AUDIO 10A

FS10 OUT SIDE MIRROR, SMARTKEY 10A

FS11 & FS12 - -FS13 ENG ECU 10AFS14 BUGLER ALARM HORN 10AFS15 - -

FS16 BACK UP LAMP, PAS 10AFS17 AIRBAG 10AFS18 START * 15A

FS19 SMART KEY BUTTON,DIAGNOSIS 10A

FS20 - -

FS21 DEFOGGER, BLOWER COIL 10AFS22 BCM 10A

FS23 & FS24 - -

FFUUSSEESSFFSS NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT FFUUSSEE RRAATTIINNGGFS25 HAZARD,TURN SIGNAL LAMP 15AFS26 DOOR LOCK 15AFS27 - -FS28 RR WIPER 10AFS29 WASHER 10A

FS30 to FS32 - -FS33 RR FOG 10AFS34 POWER WDW LH 25AFS35 POWER WDW RH 25AFS36 FRT FOG LAMP 10AFS37 DRL 10AFS38 - -FS39 SUNROOF 20A

*-SMART KEY OPTION

MMEEMMOORRYY FFUUSSEE

PPFF NNOO.. CCIIRRCCUUIITT MMEEMMOORRYY FFUUSSEERRAATTIINNGG

PF1 AUDIO 15A

PF2ROOM LAMP, FOLDING, CLUSTERMIRROR, HVAC, TPMS, MBFM 10A

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..99 CChhaannggiinngg aa FFllaatt TTyyrree

In case of a flat tyre during driving, reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe placewell away from traffic. Park on a level spot with firm ground. Stopthe engine and turn ON your hazard warning flashers.

Firmly apply the parking brake. Have everyone come out of thevehicle on the side away from traffic.

Never stop your vehicle in a traffic lane to change a tyre. Risk ofbeing hit by an oncoming vehicle. Keep driving until you reach asafe location.

Lifting a vehicle to change a tyre or perform maintenance is verydangerous if you do not have the requisite tools, safety equipmentand training.

The jack provided along with the vehicle is to be used only forchanging a spare tyre. It is never to be used to perform any othermaintenance or repair on the vehicle.

Never place any part of your body under any portion of thevehicle when it is supported only by the jack. You could becrushed by the vehicle if it falls off a jack. Keep bystanders awayfrom the vehicle.

Find level, solid ground that is clear of oncoming traffic. If youcannot find a safe place to stop, it is better to drive on a flat tyreand damage the rim than it is to risk being hit by oncoming traffic.

After changing a flat tyre, never store the tyre or other equipmentin the passenger compartment of the vehicle.

This loose equipment could strike an occupant in the event of asudden stop or collision. Store all of these items in the proper place.

GGEENNEERRAALL


TThhee ffoolllloowwiinngg sseeccttiioonnss oouuttlliinnee tthhee pprroocceedduurree ffoorr cchhaannggiinngg aa ffllaatt ttyyrree::

22..99..11 WWaarrnniinngg TTrriiaannggllee

The warning triangle is a necessary device for your safety.

It is placed in the luggage compartment below the luggage floor lid.

When you pull over your breaking down vehicle to a safe place, setup a warning triangle behind your vehicle. (Daytime: 100 Metresbehind, Night: 200 Metres behind)

WWhheenn tthhee VVeehhiiccllee hhaass aa SSeerriioouuss PPrroobblleemm dduurriinngg DDrriivviinngg

Turn on the hazard flasher and move the vehicle out of traffic to asafe place. Set up the warning triangle behind your vehicle (Daytime:100 Metres, Night: 200 Metres) to warn other vehicles

Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stay away from thetraffic. When your safety is secured, contact your AuthorisedMahindra dealer for your emergency service

22..99..22 TTooooll KKiitt

The jack, Screwdriver (+and-), Jack operating Lever, Tow bar, DeoSpanner(10mmx12mm) and Wheel Spanner are placed in the toolkit organiser above the spare wheel.

A Jack D Tow Bar

B Screwdriver (+ and -) E Deo Spanner 10mm X 12mm

C Jack Operating Lever F Wheel Spanner

GGEENNEERRAALL


Jack is located on the tool kit organiser above the spare wheel. Toremove the jack out, follow the process below:

• Lift and take out the Luggage floor Lid as shown in the illustration

• Lift and take out the tool kit organiser from the spare wheel

• Take the jack out from the tool kit organiser

22..99..33 SSppaarree WWhheeeell RReemmoovvaall

The spare wheel is mounted below the luggage compartment at therear end of the vehicle

• Lift the Luggage floor Lid and Tool kit organiser. (Refer Tool kitremoval procedure)

GGEENNEERRAALL


• Loosen the Lock nut from the Spare wheel

• Lift the spare wheel upwards from inner side to vertical positionand take it out

FFoollllooww tthhee rreevveerrssee pprroocceedduurree ttoo rree––llooccaattee tthhee ffllaatt ttyyrree ttoo tthhee ssppaarreewwhheeeell bbrraacckkeett..

The spare tyre is only for emergency situations. Never use it fornormal driving. After installing the spare tyre on a wheel, takeyour vehicle to a Mahindra Authorised Service Centre or a tyre-specialised shop to replace it with a new regular tyre.

• When reinstalling the spare tyre, be sure to securely lock itwith lock nut.

• While your vehicle is being raised up with a jack, avoid anyimpact on your vehicle. Otherwise, you may get injured

• When taking out the spare tyre, be careful not to damagethe body of your vehicle

Luggage Floor Lid to be fitted always at the lower position whenremoves and refits again.

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..99..44 WWhheeeell BBoolltt LLoooosseenniinngg

WWhheeeell ccoovveerr RReemmoovvaall ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Wrap the tip of a screw driver with cloth, insert it near the lugs ofthe wheel cover and pry the cap away from the wheel.

Do not try to pry off the wheel cover by hand alone. Take duecare in handling the wheel cover to avoid unexpected personalinjury.

Always loosen the wheel bolts before raising the vehicle. Turn thewheel bolts counter clockwise to loosen as per the crisscrosssequence shown. To get maximum leverage, fit the spanner to thebolt, so that the handle is on the left side. Grab the spanner nearthe end of the handle and push down on the handle. Be careful that

the spanner does not slip off the bolt. Do not remove the bolts, butloosen them by one or two turns.

Do not apply force with your legs (or stand) on the wheelspanner while loosening/tightening the wheel bolts.

22..1100 JJaacckk PPooiinnttss

FFrroonntt jjaacckk uupp ppooiinntt -- On the side sill in-between the groove availableon the sill cladding just behind the front wheels.

GGEENNEERRAALL


RReeaarr jjaacckk uupp ppooiinntt -- On the side sill in-between the groove availableon the sill cladding just in front of the rear wheels.

Make sure to instal the jack so that its upper plate is correctlyseated under the vehicle’s positions marked in the figure for theflat tyre side.

22..1100..11 JJaacckkiinngg

Position the jack at the correct jacking point. Make sure the jack ispositioned on a level and solid ground. Ensure no one is in thevehicle.

Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tyre to keep the vehiclefrom rolling when it is jacked up. When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the front wheels or behind one of therear wheels.

A : Flat Tyre

B : Chock Blocks

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle end along with the wheelspanner into the jack and turn it clockwise with the jack handle. Asthe jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift, check that it isproperly positioned. Raise it high enough so that the spare tyre canbe installed. Remember, you will need more ground clearance whenputting on the spare tyre than when removing the flat tyre.

Make sure to set the jack properly in the jacking point. Raisingthe vehicle with an improperly positioned jack will damage the

GGEENNEERRAALL


underbody of the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

• Use the jack only for lifting your vehicle during wheelchanging

• Do not raise the jack with someone in the vehicle

• When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top orunderneath the jack

• Raise the vehicle only high enough to remove and changethe wheel

• Usable extended height of jack is up to the yellow line/markprovided in the jack. Do not raise the jack above the yellowline

• Follow jacking instructions

• Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle issupported by the jack

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported bythe jack alone.

Remove the wheel bolts. Lift the flat tyre straight off and place itaside. Roll the spare wheel into position and align the holes in thewheel with the holes on the hub. Lift up the wheel and get at leastthe top bolt aligned through its hole. Wiggle the wheel and fix theother bolts.

Re-instal the wheel bolts inward and tighten by hand. Press thewheel inward and tighten the wheel bolts further.

Never use oil or grease on the bolts . Doing so may lead to overtightening of the bolts, wheel nut spanner slip, damage the boltsand also may cause personal injuries. Also, bolts may loosenand the wheels may fall off, which could cause a seriousaccident. If there is oil or grease on any bolt, clean beforeinstalling.

GGEENNEERRAALL


Lower the vehicle completely and tighten the diagonally oppositewheel bolts using the wheel nut spanner. Turn the jack handleextension counter clockwise using the jack handle to lower thevehicle, making sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto the jackhandle extension. Make sure the wheel spanner is securelyengaged over the bolt. Tighten each bolt a little at a time in thediagonally opposite order as shown. Repeat the process until all thebolts are tight. Do not use other tools or any additional leverageother than your hands, such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.

Improperly or loosely tightened wheel bolts are dangerous. Thewheel could wobble or come off. This could result in loss ofvehicle control and cause a serious accident. Always make sureall the wheel bolts are properly/securely tightened to thespecified torque.

When lowering the vehicle, make sure all portions of your bodyare clear off the vehicle as it is lowered to the ground. Have thewheel bolts tightened with the torque spanner to 120 Nm, assoon as possible after changing wheels.

If you have rotated, repaired, changed your tyres or changedthe wheel rims, check the wheel bolts are still tight after drivingabout 1,000 km (Torque 120 Nm).

Put the wheel cap (if equipped) into position aligning the nozzle onthe wheel to the nozzle clearance on the wheel cover. Tap it firmlyon the sides with your hand to snap it into place.

Check the air pressure of the replaced tyre. If the pressure is lowerthan recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station andinflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it iscorrect. Always reinstal the valve cap after checking or adjustingtyre pressure. If the cap is not replaced, dirt and moisture could getinto the valve core and cause air leakage. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and instal it as soon as possible.

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..1100..22 RReessttoorree tthhee TToooollss,, JJaacckk aanndd FFllaatt TTyyrree SSeeccuurreellyy

Mount the flat tyre to the spare wheel bracket at the luggagecompartment and firmly tighten the securing bolts. Restore thetools and jack back to their respective locations.

The wheel balance and alignment differ from wheel to wheelwhich may lead to difference in steering and braking. It isrecommended to fix the flat tyre at the nearest tyre shop andswap the spare wheel back.

Wheel balancing and Wheel Alignment to be done after tyrepuncture rework.

SStteeeerriinngg cceenntteerriinngg ccaalliibbrraattiioonn ((SStteeeerriinngg AAnnggllee SSeennssoorr)) to beperformed if you have done Wheel Alignment, repaired, changedyour tyres or changed the wheel rims. Contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for assistance.

GGEENNEERRAALL


22..1111 TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

DDiieesseell PPeettrrooll

EENNGGIINNEE D15 1.5 Litre G12 1.2 Litre TCI MPFI

Displacement/Cubic Capacity 1497 cc 1197 cc

Type Transverse Transverse

Compression Ratio 16.0:1 9.5:1

Max. Engine output, (kW @ RPM) 85.8 kW @ 3750 rpm 81 kW @ 5000 rpm

Max. Torque (Nm @ RPM) 300 Nm @ 1500 - 2500 rpm 200 Nm @ 2000 - 3000 rpm

TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN

Type Manual Transaxle

No. of Gears 6 Forward, 1 Reverse

GGEEAARR RRAATTIIOOSS

I 4.154 4.154

II 2.300 2.174

III 1.464 1.464

IV 1.030 1.081

V 0.762 0.854

VI 0.659 0.705

Reverse 2.923 2.923

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG

Type/Description Electronic Power Steering (EPS)

GGEENNEERRAALL


TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

DDiieesseell PPeettrrooll

BBRRAAKKEESS

Service Brake Hydraulic Circuit Assisted by Vacuum Booster cross diagonal circuit with ABS

Front Disc

Rear Disc

Parking Brake Mechanical-Hand Operated

WWHHEEEELLSS && TTYYRREESS

Rim 6J x 166.5J x 17

Tyres P205/65 R16 95 HP215/55 R17 94 H

Type Radial Tubeless

Laden Tyre PressureFront & Rear

32 Psi (for R16 tyre)

34 Psi (for R17 tyre)

FFUUEELL

Fuel Capacity 42

EELLEECCTTRRIICCAALL SSYYSSTTEEMM

System Voltage 12V

Battery 60Ah / 50Ah

GGEENNEERRAALL


33 OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

33..11 FFrroonntt OOvveerrvviieeww

A Side repeater*

B Outside Rearview Mirror (ORVM)

C Front Windshield

D Front Wiper

E Hood

F Headlamp (Low beam)

G Turn Signal Lamp

H Fog Lamp*

I Head Lamp High Beam

* if equipped

OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


33..22 RReeaarr OOvveerrvviieeww

A Rear Turn Indicator

B Rear Windshield / Demister*

C Roof Antenna*

D High Mounted Stop Lamp

E Rear Wiper*

F Rear Parking Lamps

G Reverse Lamp

H Brake/Park Lamp

I Rear Camera*

J Rear Fog Lamp*

* if equipped

OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


33..33 IInnssttrruummeenntt PPaanneell OOvveerrvviieewwA Centre Storage M Accelerator/Brake/Clutch

Pedal

B Side Vents N Front Storage

C Side Defrost Vents O Parking Brake

D Front Co-passenger Airbag P Console Storage

E Infotainment Screen* Q Cup Holder

F Centre Vents R Power Outlet

G Wiper Control Stalk S Gear Lever

H Steering Wheel T AUX/USB Ports*

I Steering Controls* U HVAC Control

J Instrument Cluster V Glove Box

K Horn Pad/Driver Airbag W Hazard Switch

L ECO / Head Lamp LevellingSwitches

* if equipped

OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


44 IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

WW88//WW88 ((OO)) WW44//WW66

A Tachometer G Odometer

B Tripmeter H Temperature Gauge

C Telltales I Steering Mode Control

D Gear Shift Indicator J TDMS*

E Speedometer K Door Alert

F Fuel Gauge * if equipped

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW


44..11 WWaarrnniinngg LLaammppss OOvveerrvviieeww



Left TurnIndicator

Water-in-FuelWarningLamp*

Parking Lamp ESP OFFLamp*

Seat BeltWarningLamp

Low EngineOil PressureWarningLamp

Right TurnIndicator

AirbagWarningLamp*

ESP MalfunctionWarning Lamp*

Glow PlugIndicator*

CheckEngineLamp

Rear FogLampIndicator*

immobiliser HHCMalfunction*

Front Fog LampIndicator*

Head LampHigh BeamLamp

BatteryChargingSystemWarningLamp

CruiseControlIndicator*

ABSWarningLamp

Door AjarWarningLamp

Engine Stop/StartLamp*

OBD/MILCheck Lamp

HighEngineCoolantTempera-tureWarningLamp

ParkingBrake ON/Brake FluidLow WarningLamp*

Low FuelWarningLamp

Global TPMSMalfunction* EPS Malfunction*

* if equipped / select models or variants only

ENGINE !

START

STOPA



44..22 WWaarrnniinngg LLaammppss

SSrr..NNoo..

SSyymmbbooll WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp//TTeellllttaallee LLaammpp PPrree--cchheecckk LLaammpp SSttaattuuss wwhhiilleeEEnnggiinnee rruunnnniinngg AAccttiioonn//RReemmaarrkkss

1 Left Turn Indicator No Slow or Fast Blinking

Indicates left turn lamp is blinkingSSllooww BBlliinnkkiinngg:: Normal operationFFaasstt BBlliinnkkiinngg:: One / more left turn lamp bulb hasfused. Have the bulb replaced

2 Right Turn Indicator No Slow or Fast Blinking

Indicates right turn lamp is blinkingSSllooww BBlliinnkkiinngg:: Normal operationFFaasstt BBlliinnkkiinngg:: One /more right turn lamp bulb hasfused. Have the bulb replaced

3 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator* No Continuously ON Indicates rear fog lamp is ON

4 Cruise Control Indicator* Yes Continuously ON Indicates vehicle is in Cruise mode

5 Water-in-Fuel Warning Lamp* Yes Continuously ON Indicates water-in-fuel. Drain the water from filter orcontact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance

6 Immobiliser No Blinking

SSllooww BBlliinnkkiinngg:: Vehicle is armed with the remoteFFaasstt BBlliinnkkiinngg//CCoonnttiinnuuoouussllyy OONN:: Indicates a systemmalfunctionContact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

7 ABS Warning Lamp Yes Continuously ON Indicates malfunction of the ABS system. Contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately



SSrr..NNoo..


8Parking Brake ON/Brake FluidLow Warning Lamp/EBD* Yes Continuously ON

Either one of the below conditions:1. Park Brake might be engaged2. Brake fluid level might be low3. There is some concern in EBD. Please contactMahindra Dealer.

9 Parking Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates Parking Lamp is ON

10 Airbag Warning Lamp* Yes Continuously ON Indicates malfunction of the airbag system. Contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

11 HHC Malfunction* No Continuously ON Indicates malfunction of Hill Hold Control. Contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

12 Door Ajar Warning Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates one or more doors and/or boot/hood areopen

13 Low Fuel Warning Lamp NoContinuously ON/

BlinkingIndicates fuel level has reached the reserve level. re-fuel immediately

14 ESP OFF Lamp* Yes Continuously ON Indicates ESP OFF



SSrr..NNoo..


15ESP Malfunction WarningLamp* Yes

Continuously ON orBlinking

BBlliinnkkiinngg:: Indicates ESC has taken control of the vehiclestabilityCCoonnttiinnuuoouussllyy OONN:: Indicates a malfunction in the ESCsystem. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealerimmediately

16 Front Fog Lamp Indicator* No Continuously LampON

Indicates front fog lamp is ON

17 Engine Stop/Start Lamp* YesContinuously ON or

Blinking

CCoonnttiinnuuoouussllyy OONN: Engine is in auto stop modeBBlliinnkkiinngg:: Engine Stop/Start is about to stop theengine

18 Tiretronics* YesContinuously ON or

Blinking

Indicates low/high tyre pressure or possiblemalfunction in Tiretronics. Refer to Tiretronics sectionin INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES/WHEELS ANDTYRES chapter for further details

19 Seat Belt Warning Lamp No Continuously ONIf telltale is not turning OFF even after fastening theseat belt, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer forassistance

20 Glow Plug Indicator* No. Continuously ON Indicates a malfunction in the starting system. Contactan Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

21 Head Lamp High Beam Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates Head lamp high beam is ON

22 OBD Check Lamp YesContinuously ON or

BlinkingTelltale will be ON till engine starts. After engine starts,if is still ON there is a potential malfunction related to

START

STOPA



SSrr..NNoo..


emission system, contact an Authorised MahindraDealer immediately

23 EPS Warning Lamp*After Pre-checkContinuously ONtill Engine Starts

Continuously ONIndicates malfunction on Electronic Power steeringsystem. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealerimmediately

24Low Engine Oil PressureWarning Lamp No Continuously ON

Telltale will be ON in ignition ON But engine is OFF. Inengine ON condition, it indicates engine oil pressure islow. Check oil level and top-up or contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for assistance

25 Check Engine Lamp YesContinuously ON or

BlinkingIndicates a potential malfunction in the EMS, contactan Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

26Battery Charging SystemWarning Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates malfunction in charging system. Contact

Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance

27High Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Lamp No

Continuously ON orBlinking

Engine temperature very high. Contact AuthorisedMahindra Dealer immediately

* if equipped / select models or variants only

ENGINE !



55 SSEEAATTSS AANNDD SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

55..11 FFrroonntt SSeeaattss

55..11..11 SSiittttiinngg iinn CCoorrrreecctt PPoossiittiioonn

Follow the tips below for a comfortable and safe journey:

• Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine pressedagainst the seat back

• The driver and front passenger seat head restraint has 6positions. Adjust it as close as possible to the above specifiedposition, with the top of the head restraint even with the top ofyour head

• Maintain sufficient distance between yourself and the steeringwheel. Maintain at least a ten inch (10") distance from thecentre of the steering wheel to your chest

• Adjust your seat and seat back angle such that your wrists reston the steering wheel

• Ensure your legs are in bent position while fully depressing theclutch pedal

The seat should be adjusted while still maintaining control of thefoot pedals (able to fully depress the clutch pedal), steeringwheel (rest the wrists on the steering wheel) and your view ofthe instrument panel controls.

Never adjust the driver's seat while the vehicle is in motion. Theseat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver tounintentionally operate the accelerator or brake, or turn thesteering wheel, causing loss of control of the vehicle, anaccident or serious personal injury. Adjust the driver's seat onlywhen the vehicle is stationary.

Never put objects under the seats. They may interfere with theseat-lock mechanism or unexpectedly activate the seat positionadjusting lever, causing the seat to suddenly move, resulting inloss of control of the vehicle, an accident or serious personalinjury.

While adjusting the seat, do not put your hands under the seator near the moving parts. This may lead to injuries.

SSEEAATTSS AANNDD SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS


55..11..22 FFrroonntt SSeeaatt SSlliiddee

To move the seat forward or backward, pull and hold the seat slidelever up and move the seat to the desired position. Then, releasethe lever to lock.

While adjusting the seat, make sure the latch engages fully onboth side of the fore-aft adjustment track rails and the seat islocked firmly in the desired position. An unlocked seat maymove in a sudden stop or collision, causing injury to the personin that seat. Push and pull on the seat to ensure that it islocked.

55..11..33 FFrroonntt SSeeaatt RReecclliinnee

To change the seat back angle, lean forward slightly and raise the lever.Then, lean back to the desired angle and release the lever. Afteradjusting, make sure the lever is returned to its original position and theseat back is locked.

The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the occupants are sitting up straight and wellback in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, orthe shoulder strap may contact your neck. The more the seat isreclined, the greater the risk of serious injury.



When returning the rear-reclined seat back to its uprightposition, make sure you support the seat back while operatingthe lever.

55..11..44 FFrroonntt SSeeaatt HHeeiigghhtt AAddjjuussttmmeenntt ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times.

To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times.

Do not adjust the height of seat while vehicle is in motion.

55..22 HHeeaadd RReessttrraaiinntt

To raise the head restraint, pull it up without pressing the releasebutton. To lower the head restraint, press the release button on topof the seat back and push the head restraint down.

Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can result inserious head and neck injuries in case of a collision.

Do not apply excessive force to the head restraint duringadjustment. It may get damaged.



55..33 PPaasssseennggeerr SSeeaatt

55..33..11 PPaasssseennggeerr SSeeaatt RReecclliinnee

To change the seat back angle, lean forward slightly and raise thelever. Then, lean back to the desired angle and release the lever.After adjusting, make sure the lever is returned to its originalposition and the seat back is locked.

The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the occupants are sitting up straight and wellback in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, orthe shoulder strap may contact your neck. The more the seat isreclined, the greater the risk of serious injury.

When returning the rear-reclined seat back to its uprightposition, make sure you support the seat back while operatingthe lever.

55..33..22 PPaasssseennggeerr SSeeaatt SSlliiddee

To move the seat forward or backward, pull and hold the seat slidelever up and move the seat to the desired position. Then, releasethe lever to lock.

While adjusting the seat, make sure the latch engages fully onboth side of the fore-aft adjustment track rails and the seat islocked firmly in the desired position. An unlocked seat maymove in a sudden stop or collision, causing injury to the person



in that seat. Push and pull on the seat to ensure that it islocked.

55..33..33 PPaasssseennggeerr SSeeaatt HHeeaadd RReessttrraaiinntt

The head restraint comprises the padded portion which contactsyour head and is inserted/locked in receptacles on the top of theseat back.

Your vehicle seats are equipped with head restraints which arevertically adjustable. The purpose of these head restraints is to helplimit head motion in the event of rear collision.

Always align top of the head restraint with the top of your head oras close to it as possible. To lower the head restraint, press thelock knob and push the head restraint down.

Head restraint are provided for front row and second row.



Do not apply excessive force to the head restraint duringadjustment. It may get damaged.

55..44 RReeaarr SSeeaatt

Second row bench seat is of 60:40 split configuration and also hasa foldable armrest.



55..44..11 HHeeaadd RReessttrraaiinntt AAddjjuussttmmeenntt



If possible, place the centre line of the head restraint at thepassenger’s eye level.

If the passenger is too tall or too short, adjust the headrestraints to highest or lowest position.

55..44..22 FFoollddiinngg TThhee RReeaarr SSeeaatt BBaacckk

To fold down the rear seat back:

• Insert the rear seat belt buckle and belt webbing in the storageto prevent the seat belt from being damaged

• Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position

• Release the seatback lock by pulling the release lever

When locking the rear seatback into upright position, make sureyou hear “click” sound.

When the seatback is released from its holding latch, theseatback can completely be folded. Ensure that none of yourbody parts are trapped.



• Fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle

• To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull theseatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatbackis locked in place

RReeaarr SSeeaattbbaacckk HHoollddiinngg LLaattcchh

Before returning the folded seat back to the normal position. Pullthe rear seat belt out of the seat back so that the seat belt is notjammed with the holding latch.

• Do not fold or unfold the rear seat when the vehicle ismoving

• Make sure that there is nobody on the folded seatback andin cargo area

• If you put sharp or heavy objects on the seatback, theremight be some damage to the seatbacks or even to theseats

• Without completely lowering the second row head restraintsor with excessively reclined front seat back, there may besome damage to the head restraints or the centre console ifthe second row seats are folded

• Take care that there are no objects placed on the rear seatcushion before folding the rear seat back down as any sharpfeatures in the object may damage the seat cover

• All necessary driver’s seat adjustments should be madebefore any driving

• Make sure that your seat is completely locked after adjusting

• Any object that might damage the seat should not be placedon the seat

(if equiped)



• Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can resultin serious head and neck injuries in case of a collision. Makesure that the head restraints are in place and adjustedbefore driving

• Do not recline the seat back more than needed for comfortwhile vehicle is in motion. The seat belt is the most effectivewhen the passenger sits back and straight up in the seat. Ifthe seat back is reclined too much, then the risks of slidingunder the lap belt and getting injured are increased

• Do not leave children unattended in parked vehicles. This cancause unexpected accident

• You can be hurt by the edges of the mechanism of the seatwhen trying to get the small objects (cigarette lighters, coins,credit cards) under the seat or caught between the seat andthe centre console. Wear protective gloves to prevent injury

• Never try to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving

• Unexpected movement of the seat or seat back can causeloss of control

• Take care not to bother the passenger behind you whenadjusting the seat position

• Sit upright in the centre of the seat and wear the seat beltaround your hip and pelvic bones

• Do not place any objects in the path of seat back movement.Any obstruction in this path prevents the seat back from

being locked, causing severe injuries or death during acollision

• Always raise the seat back to the proper upright positionbefore driving

• Never drive the vehicle with the seat folded. In a collision, youwill be seriously killed or injured as you lose the protectionthe seat belt can provide

• To avoid unexpected accidents including severe injuries anddeath, sit in the position so that the distance between thesteering wheel and your chest is at least 10 inches, as longas you are comfortable with driving

• Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or between theseats. The gas in the lighter container under the seat ispotentially flammable when it is released from the containerwhen the seat is moved

• Additional cushion between you and the seat cushionreduces the frictional force and could make you slide underthe seat belt. This could result in serious injury or death

• Do not insert your hands under the seat or in the path of theseat movement when adjusting the seat. Your hands orfingers could get trapped between the seat and the frame

• Do not ride with the seat back reclined too much. You couldslide under the seat belt in a collision, which could result insevere injury or death. Also, you cannot be protected by theseat belt and the belt can strangle you or even cut into your



stomach. Therefore, sit up straight in your seat by keepingyour seat back upright while driving

• When returning the seat back to the upright position, holdthe seat back with your one hand and pull the release leverwith the other hand. The more the seat back is reclined, thegreater the restoring force of the seat back is. If you do nothold the seat back while adjusting the seat back, you couldbe injured by the restoring force

55..55 SSeeaatt BBeellttss

55..55..11 GGeenneerraall WWaarrnniinnggss aanndd IInnssttrruuccttiioonnss

At least once each month, inspect the seat belt webbing for anycuts, tears, or other signs of wear (such as fraying along theedges). Also inspect the anchors, retractors, and buckles to besure they are tight and operational.

• All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seatbelt no matter how short the trip in order to minimise the risk ofsevere injury in the event of a crash. In an accident, an un-beltedpassenger becomes a projectile, and can cause serious injury tohimself or another passenger

• In a rollover crash, an un-belted person is significantly more likelyprone to injury than a person wearing a seat belt

• In order to be properly buckled, you must always sit up straightand keep your feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part must

be worn low and tight across your hips, just touching the top ofyour thighs. While fastening the seat belt, the shoulder strap ofthe seat belt must pass over your chest and top of yourshoulder. It must never touch your neck, face, the side of yourshoulder, arm, or pass under your arm. The belt must always beflat against your body and not twisted in any way. Nothing, suchas an armrest, a pocketbook, or any external objects should bebetween you and the seat belt. Improper wearing of a seat beltwill reduce the protection in an accident

• Seat belts should be adjusted as tightly as possible, consistentwith comfort to properly secure the wearer in the seat

• The seat belts provided for your vehicle are designed for peopleof adult size, must be properly used and maintained

• For usage of adult seat belt to secure children, refer to sectionon manual for child seat positions and use a child restraintsystem



• Passengers should not move out of or change seats while thevehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat beltcan be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle during a crash or emergencystop

• Do not use any accessories on seat belts or modify in any waythe seat belt system. Devices claiming to improve occupantcomfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protectionprovided by the seat belt and increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash

• An accident or emergency stop, can damage your seat beltsystem, even if the accident is “minor”. Please have yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer inspect the seat belt system afteran accident

• Please be aware that any unsecured item in your vehicle, suchas your pet, unsecured child restraint system, a laptop or mobile

phones, can become a projectile in the event of an accident orsudden stop, causing injuries to occupants in the vehicle

Never use a damaged seat belt system. A damaged seat beltwill not provide protection in an accident, resulting in seriousinjury.

• Seat belt systems can be prone to abuse. They are notindestructible. They must be handled with care to avoid damage

• Keep the belts clean and dry. Belt retraction may becomedifficult if the belts and webbing are soiled. If they need cleaning,use a mild soap solution or lukewarm water. Never use bleach,dye, or abrasive cleaners. These chemicals will severely weakenthe belts

• Retractors in 3-point type seat belts retract the seat belts whennot in use. The inertia lock and coil spring allow the belts toremain comfortable on users during normal driving. Duringaccidents or abrupt stops, inertia locks restrict the suddenforward movement of the wearer

SSeeaatt BBeellttss -- PPaattiieennttss

Persons with serious medical conditions should also wear a seatbelt. Consult your doctor for specific recommendations beforetravel.



SSeeaatt BBeellttss -- PPrreeggnnaanntt WWoommeenn

Pregnant women must also wear seat belts. Consult your doctorfor specific recommendations.

The lap belt should be worn snugly and as low as possible over thehips. The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder, butnever across the stomach area. When worn properly, the seat beltwill protect both the mother and the foetus in an accident oremergency stop.

A pregnant woman should never wear the seat belt across thestomach area. This could lead to serious injuries to the foetusand/or the pregnant mother.

Never wear twisted seat belts. Excessive forces will betransferred from the belt to the wearer, in a collision, resultingin serious personal injury.

Each seat belt is meant for use by one person only. Using oneseat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. Theseat belt will not be able to spread the impact forces properlyleading to serious injuries.

Never put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant'slap. This could lead to serious injuries.

SSeeaatt BBeelltt UUssaaggee iiss nneecceessssaarryy ttoo::

• Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle

• Reduce the possibility of injuries to upper body, lower body andlegs during an accident

• Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of thevehicle

Children who are too large for child restraint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use the vehicle seat belts. The lap portionshould be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible and theshoulder strap should be across the child's shoulder, not the neckor face. If you are unable to position the strap across the child'sshoulder, the child should remain in a booster seat. Frequently



check the seat belt to be sure it remains snug and in position. Asquirming child could cause the seat belt to come out of position.

55..55..22 FFaasstteenniinngg tthhee SSeeaatt BBeelltt ((33--PPooiinntt ttyyppee))

Adjust the seat as needed, sit up straight and well back in the seat.To fasten your seat belt, pull the webbing out of the retractor andinsert the metal tab into the buckle. An audible “click” would beheard when the tab locks into the buckle. Pull up on the shoulderstrap to tighten the lap belt across your hips. The seat beltretractor will pull in any slack in the shoulder strap. A slow and easymotion will allow the belt to extend and let you move your bodyaround freely.

Periodically check the seat belt as you ride to be sure it remainssnug and in position. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt willlock into position. It will also lock (restrict) if you try to lean forwardtoo quickly.

If the driver or co-driver seat belt is not fastened when theignition is switched ON, the seat belt warning lamp illuminatesand chimes beat will turn till seat belt is fastened. Refer

W12E23

W12E24

CORRECT SEAT BELTPOSITIONING


IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR FFEEAATTUURREESS


“Warning Lamps” in the “Features and Control” chapter forfurther details.

55..55..33 UUnnffaasstteenniinngg tthhee SSeeaatt BBeelltt ((BBootthh 33--PPooiinntt && 22--PPooiinntt))

To release the belt, press the buckle release button and allow thebelt to retract. If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it out andcheck for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as itretracts.

Never insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may preventyou from properly latching the tab and may cause damage tothe buckle mechanism, thereby making the seat belt ineffectivein an accident, resulting in serious personal injury.



55..55..44 PPaasssseennggeerr OOccccuuppaanntt DDeetteeccttiioonn SSyysstteemm ((PPOODDSS))

PODS system is to detect the presence of occupant in the seat.

If occupant is present and not wearing seat belt, seatbelt reminder warning lamp will come ON till the seatbelt is buckled.

Along with this warning lamp Chime in Cluster will be ON for 35secs.

55..55..55 SSeeaatt BBeelltt HHeeiigghhtt AAddjjuusstteerr

You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor for maximumcomfort and safety in both front seats. If the height of the seat beltis too near your neck, you will not be getting the most effectiveprotection. The shoulder portion of the belt should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midway over your shouldernearest to the door and not your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise theheight adjuster to an appropriate position while pressing the heightadjuster button. Release the button to lock the anchor into position.Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked intothe position.

Adjust the shoulder belt height sitting well back in the seat. Donot adjust the seat belt height while vehicle is in motion.



55..66 IInnffaanntt aanndd CChhiilldd SSaaffeettyy

MMaassss ggrroouupp RReessttrraaiinntt ddeevviicceeffiigguurree

FFrroonnttPPaasssseennggeerr RReeaarr cceennttrree RReeaarr oouutt bbooaarrdd MMoouunnttiinngg mmeetthhoodd ooff

vveehhiiccllee

O ~ up to 10 kg (0 ~ 9 months) Rear-facing child seat U U U 3-point belt rear-facing

O+ ~ up to 13 kg (0 ~ 2 years) Rear-facing child seat U U U 3-point belt rear-facing

I ~ 9 to 18 kg (9 months ~ 4years)

Forward-facing childseat U U U 3-point

II ~ 15 to 25 kg (4 years ~ 6years) Booster seat U U U 3-point

III ~ 22 to 36 kg (6 years ~ 12years) Booster seat U U U 3-point

U: Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use inthe mass group.

UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraintsapproved for use in the mass group.

L: Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list.These restraints may be of the “semi-universal” categories.

X: Seat position not suitable for children in the mass group.



TTaabbllee ooff VVeehhiiccllee HHaannddbbooookk IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn IISSOOFFIIXX CChhiilldd RReessttrraaiinntt SSyysstteemmss IInnssttaallllaattiioonn SSuuiittaabbiilliittyy ffoorr VVaarriioouuss IISSOOFFIIXX PPoossiittiioonnss

MMaassss ggrroouupp SSiizzee CCllaassss FFiixxttuurree VVeehhiiccllee IISSOOFFIIXX PPoossiittiioonnss

FFrroonntt PPaasssseennggeerr RReeaarr cceennttrree RReeaarr oouutt bbooaarrdd

CarrycotF ISO/L1 X X X

G ISO/L2 X X X

Group 0 up to 10kg E ISO/R1 X X IUF

Group 0+ up to 13kg

E ISO/R1 X X IUF

D ISO/R2 X X IUF

C ISO/R3 X X X

Group I9 to 18kg

D ISO/R2 X X IUF

C ISO/R3 X X X

B ISO/F2 X X IUF

B1 ISO/F2X X X IUF

A ISO/F3 X X IUF

Key of letters be inserted in the above table

IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraint systems of universalcategory approved for use in this mass group.

IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems (CRS) givenin attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the “specific vehicle”,“restricted” or “semi-universal” categories.

X: ISOFIX position not suitable ISOFIX child restraint systems in thismass group and/or this size class.



AAnncchhoorraaggee LLooccaattiioonn

Child restraint anchor fittings are installed at the points as shown inthe figure.

Unrestrained infants and small children could be injured

• Never transport them unless they are properly restrained

• Use restrained system which meet safety standard

• Follow directions provided by the manufacturer

55..66..11 WWaarrnniinngg ffoorr CChhiilldd RReessttrraaiinntt

• UUssee oonnllyy tthhee ooffffiicciiaallllyy aapppprroovveedd cchhiilldd rreessttrraaiinntt

Mahindra is not responsible for the personal injury and propertydamage due to the defect of child restraint

• UUssee oonnllyy tthhee cchhiilldd rreessttrraaiinntt wwiitthh pprrooppeerr ttyyppee aanndd ssiizzee ffoorr yyoouurr bbaabbyy

• UUssee oonnllyy tthhee cchhiilldd rreessttrraaiinntt aatt pprrooppeerr llooccaattiioonn

• CChhiilldd rreessttrraaiinntt hhaass 55 ccaatteeggoorriieess bbaasseedd oonn tthhee wweeiigghhtt aass bbeellooww::

1 GROUP 0 : 0 ~ 10KG 4 GROUP II : 15 ~ 25KG

2 GROUP 0+ : 0 ~ 13KG 5 GROUP III : 22 ~ 36KG

3 GROUP I : 9 ~ 18KG

• GGrroouupp 00 && 00++

Rear-facing child restraint fitted on the rear seat

• GGrroouupp II

Forward-facing child restraint fitted on the rear seat

• GGrroouupp IIII && IIIIII

Booster seat fitted on the rear seat with seat belt fastened.Always follow the installation and use instructions provided bythe manufacturer of the booster seat



CCaauuttiioonnss ffoorr IISSOOFFIIXX SSeeaatt

• The rear seatback anchor is the supplemental device tosecure the child restraint system after engaging it by thelower latches. Therefore, do not secure the child restraintsystem only with the seatback anchors. The increased loadmay cause the hooks or anchors to break, causing seriousinjury or death

• If a child restraint is not properly secured to the vehicle anda child is not properly restrained in the child restraint, thechild could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. Alwaysfollow the instructions provided by the manufacturer forinstallation

• Make sure the latches of the child restraint system arelatched to the lower latches. In this case, you can hear the“click” sound

• The child restraint seat strap may not work properly ifattached somewhere other than the correct seatbackanchor

• Make sure that the child restraint system is firmly securedby rocking it in different directions

• Incorrectly installed child restraint system may cause anunexpected personal injury



66 SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((SSRRSS))

The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) includes airbags, pre-tensioners and ECU. The airbags are designed to provide furtherprotection to the vehicle occupants in addition to the primaryprotection provided by the seat belts and seat belt pre-tensioners.

The primary components of the system are the sensors whichmeasure the crash severity. In the event of a significant frontalimpact, the SRS airbags inflate to work in conjunction with the seatbelts and help reduce injuries mainly to the driver's and frontpassenger's head/chest.

Seat belts are the primary restraint system in the vehicle. Anairbag provides supplemental protection in addition to the seatbelts.

All occupants, including the driver, should always wear theirseat belts to minimise the risk of severe injury in the event of acrash.

Airbags are more effective in reducing injuries when the seatbelts are worn.

66..11 AAiirrbbaaggss

Your vehicle is equipped with the following airbags:

• DDrriivveerr’’ss AAiirrbbaagg : A frontal airbag for the driver in Steering wheelhub

• PPaasssseennggeerr’’ss AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd)) : A frontal airbag for the frontpassenger in the passenger side instrument panel

SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((SSRRSS))


• KKnneeee AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd)) : The driver’s knee airbag is located onthe dashboard under the steering wheel.

• SSiiddee CCuurrttaaiinn AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd)) : The side curtain airbags arecontained between right above the front and rear doors and theend of the vehicle roof. The side curtain airbag is designed toinflate only in an impact to the side of the vehicle and protectoccupants’ heads.

• SSiiddee SSeeaatt AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd)) : The side seat airbag are installedin each front seat back. It is designed to inflate only in an impactto the side of the vehicle and protect occupants’ body

An airbag is not designed to deploy in every type of crash.Depending on the type of accident or impact, the front airbagsindependently deploy thereby protecting the occupants. It is notnecessary that ALL the airbags deploy during an accident.

To minimise the risk of severe injury in the event of a crash, everypassenger must always wear their seat belt (see the chapter onSeat Belts in this manual). The airbags inflate very quickly with greatforce. Do not position any part of your body too close to airbag, youor especially children could be seriously injured/killed by a deployingairbag.



66..22 FFrroonntt AAiirrbbaaggss

Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System(Airbag) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and frontpassenger seating positions. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters “AIRBAG” embossed on the airbag padcover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panelpad above the glove box.

The SRS is designed to deploy the front airbag only when an impactis sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than ± 30°from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

DDrriivveerr AAiirrbbaagg FFrroonntt PPaasssseennggeerr AAiirrbbaagg

Front airbag are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rear impactor rollover crashes. In addition, front airbag will not deploy in frontalcrashes which are below the prescribed deployment thresholdwhere risk of serious injuries is low.

Do not place any objects over the airbag or between the airbagand yourself.

KKnneeee AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The driver’s knee airbag is located on the dashboard under thesteering wheel, the driver’s knee airbag can help protect the driverby inflating simultaneously with the front airbag in head-on collision.

If the driver’s posture is improper while driving, the knee airbagmight not protect the driver’s knee area when the airbag isdeployed.



66..33 SSeeaatt SSiiddee AAiirrbbaagg aanndd CCuurrttaaiinn AAiirrbbaagg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

SSeeaatt SSiiddee AAiirrbbaagg CCuurrttaaiinn AAiirrbbaagg

Your vehicle is equipped with side impact airbag in both the frontseats. The purpose of the airbag is to provide the vehicle's driverand/or the front passenger with additional protection during sideimpacts or collisions.

The side impact airbag are designed to deploy only during certainside-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speedand point of impact.

• In the case of a side collision, the curtain airbag may bedeployed together with the relevant side airbag on the sidethe collision occurs

• The side impact airbag is supplementary to the seat beltsystems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore, yourseat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is inmotion. The airbags deploy only in certain side impactconditions severe enough to cause significant injury to thevehicle occupants

• For best protection from the side impact airbag system andto avoid being injured by the deploying side impact airbag, allseat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seatbelt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. Thepassengers arms and hands should be placed on their laps

• Do not use any accessory seat covers. Use of seat coverscould reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system

• Do not instal any accessories on the side or near the sideimpact airbag

• Do not place any objects over the airbag or between theairbag and yourself

• Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between thedoor and the seat. Such objects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if the supplementary side impactairbag inflates



66..44 PPaasssseennggeerr AAiirrbbaagg OONN//OOFFFF SSwwiittcchh

A OFF/Deactivated B ON/Activated

The front passenger airbag is disabled (not inflatable) when placingthe passenger airbag ON/OFF switch to “OFF” position. This switchis located on the left side of the instrument panel, and you can see itwhen opening the front passenger door. Press and turn this switchto operate

PPaasssseennggeerr AAiirrbbaagg OOFFFF IInnddiiccaattoorr

This indicator comes on when turning the passengerairbag ON/OFF switch to “OFF” position to disablethe passenger airbag.

66..55 AAiirrbbaagg SSyysstteemm MMaallffuunnccttiioonn LLaammpp

Airbags do not require any regular maintenance ofservice. The airbag system malfunction lampilluminates when the ignition is ON, and it turns OFFafter about 2 secs. as self check confirming normal

operations of airbag system and malfunction lamp.

This lamp monitors airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensors,indicator lamp, seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies, inflators,interconnecting wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occur, there is a malfunction ofthe airbags or seat belt pre-tensioner. Immediately contact yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer.

• The lamp does not glow when the ignition is switched ON orglows beyond six (6) secs. after switching the ignition ON

• The lamp comes ON at any other time, even briefly

• The lamp comes ON intermittently

Never make any modifications to your vehicle which could affectthe performance of your airbag system. In particular, changesto the vehicle frame, bumpers, bull bar, front fenders, rideheight, suspension, seat belts, interior trim, seats or steeringwheel (especially covers, pads or other trim), could preventproper deployment of the airbag. If you need to make any



modifications to accommodate any disability you may have,please contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Never try to open or strike the airbag cover. If the airbag coveris cracked or damaged in any way, the airbag may not functionas intended. Take the vehicle to an Authorised MahindraDealer.

Even if the airbags do not deploy during an accident, take yourvehicle to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for a thorough inspectionof the airbag and seat belt systems, no matter how minor theaccident. The airbag system could have been damaged, and maynot work as intended in the future, resulting in serious injury.

66..66 AAiirrbbaagg IInnffllaattiioonn//DDeeppllooyymmeenntt

The airbag sensors constantly monitor the forward deceleration ofthe vehicle. If an impact results in a forward deceleration beyondthe designed threshold level, the system triggers the airbaginflators. This initiates a chemical reaction which quickly fills theairbags with non-toxic gas.

Upon deployment, tear seams moulded directly into the pad coversseparate under pressure from the expansion of the airbags.Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the airbags. Afully inflated airbag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion, reducing therisk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability tomanoeuvre or operate other controls.

Deployment of the airbags happen in a fraction of a second,producing a loud noise releasing a ‘white smoke’ and residue alongwith a non-toxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time, and may cause someminor irritation to the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to wash offany residue with soap and water as soon as possible to prevent anypotential skin irritation. If you can safely exit the vehicle, you shoulddo so immediately.

Airbag deployment may cause windshield to break.

• Do not modify, remove, strike or open the seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent themfrom activating correctly, cause sudden operation of thesystem or disable the system, which could result in seriousinjury

• Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag coverand inflator) may be hot for several minutes afterdeployment. The airbags inflate only once



• Do not cover the steering wheel, instrument panel with anyobject (e. g. dash panel covers) which may prevent theairbags from inflating properly

• The airbags inflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily tothe head and chest, it may also cause other, less severeinjuries to the face, chest, arms and hands. These areusually in the nature of minor burns or abrasions andswelling, but the force of a deploying airbag can also causemore serious injuries, especially if an occupant's hands,arms, chest or head is in close proximity to the airbagmodule at the time of deployment. Sit straight and well backinto the seat. Move your seat as far back as practical toallow room for airbag inflation, while still allowing you toproperly operate/drive the vehicle

The front passenger should never sit on the edge of the seat,stand near the glove compartment, rest feet or other parts ofthe body on the dashboard when the vehicle is moving.

The driver or front passenger who is too close to the steeringwheel or dashboard can be seriously injured during airbagdeployment.

• The driver must sit as far back as possible from the steeringwheel while still maintaining control of the vehicle

• The front passenger must sit as far back as possible fromthe dashboard

• Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants tobe shifted too close to a deploying airbag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in seriousinjury



• Always sit upright with the seat back in an upright position,on the seat cushion centre with your seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and your feet on the floor

• All vehicle occupants must be properly restrained using theseat belts

• All infants and children must be placed in the rear seat ofthe vehicle in a child restraint seat and be properlyrestrained by seat belts

• Front airbags can injure occupants improperly positioned inthe front seats

• Even with airbags, improperly belted and un-beltedoccupants can be severely injured when the airbag inflates.Always follow the precautions about seat belts, airbags andoccupant safety contained in this manual

• Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation of the supplementalrestraint system or side impact airbags

• Do not place items under the front seats. Placing itemsunder the front seats could interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint system sensing components andwiring harnesses

66..77 CChhiilldd RReessttrraaiinntt aanndd AAiirrbbaagg

“Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint on a seat protected byan active airbag in front of it”

In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the frontpassenger’s seat either. If the front passenger airbag inflates, itcould cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

This is indicated also on stickers that are located at the followingposition:

• On the front passenger’s sun visor



Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on aseat protected by an active airbag in front of it!

Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or childcould be seriously injured in the event of a crash. All infants andchildren should be properly restrained in appropriate childsafety seats or seat belts in the rear seat.

66..88 AAiirrbbaagg DDeeppllooyymmeenntt

The images shown in this section are for illustrative purposeonly. They may not look like your model/variant or vehicle.

FFrroonntt AAiirrbbaagg

Front airbag are designed to inflate in a frontal collision dependingon the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision.

66..99 AAiirrbbaagg NNoonn--ddeeppllooyymmeenntt

Impacts below a pre-determined threshold level may not cause theairbag to deploy in the following cases:

• CCoolllliissiioonn wwiitthh UUttiilliittyy PPoolleess oorr TTrreeeess --

Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentratedto one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to thesensors.



• UUnnddeerr--rriiddee SSiittuuaattiioonnss --

Running under a truck may not provide the decelerationsnecessary for airbag deployment. Airbags will not inflate in this“under-ride” situation where deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors are significantly low.

RReeaarr--eenndd CCoolllliissiioonnss --

Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions,where occupants are moved backward away from the airbags bythe force of the impact. In this case, inflated airbags would notbe able to provide any additional benefit.



• FFrroonnttaall IImmppaacctt --

Frontal impact beyond 30º range from head-on to the vehicle.

• PPootthhoolleess oorr SStteeppppeedd SSuurrffaacceess --

Driving into a big pothole, stepped surface or hitting the far sideof a hole/incline will not inflate the airbag.

• RRoolllloovveerr --

Airbags will not inflate in rollover accidents where airbagdeployment would not provide protection to the occupants.

FFrroonnttaall SSiiddee SSwwiippee IImmppaacctt --

Frontal offset impact to the vehicle may not provide thedeceleration force necessary for airbag deployment. In an angled



collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the airbags would not be able to provide anyadditional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy anyairbags.

66..1100 AAiirrbbaagg RReeppllaacceemmeenntt

Self-servicing or tampering with the airbag system is dangerous. Anairbag could accidentally deploy causing serious injuries, or will notdeploy when there is a need. Always take your vehicle to anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for inspection and repairs.

66..1111 SSeellff RReemmoovviinngg SSRRSS RReellaatteedd PPaarrttss

Self removing the instrument panel, steering wheel, seat belts orairbag related parts or sensors is not recommended. Airbags couldaccidentally activate and cause serious injuries, or they may notdeploy when there is a need. Visit an Authorised Mahindra Dealer ifthese parts must be removed.

66..1122 AAiirrbbaagg DDiissppoossaall

Improper disposal of an airbag or a vehicle with live airbags can beextremely dangerous. Approach an Authorised Mahindra Dealer todo these jobs.

66..1133 AAiirrbbaagg RReeppaaiirr

If the front airbag cover or IP airbag cover shows signs of damageor having been removed, the vehicle should be towed to the nearestAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for repair. Do not attempt to selfrepair or reinstal the cover.

66..1144 AAiirrbbaagg MMaaiinntteennaannccee

For cleaning the airbag covers/areas, use only a soft dry cloth orone which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affect the airbag covers and properdeployment of the system.



77 LLOOCCKKSS AANNDD KKEEYYSS

Your XXUUVV330000 comes with three types of keys depending on thevariant. The keys operate all locks in your vehicle including those ofthe doors and ignition with steering lock. We advise you to keep oneof these keys in a safe place for emergency use, but not in thevehicle. Should you lose your keys or if you need replacement keys,they can be ordered through an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

KKeeyy NNuummbbeerr TTaagg::

Your key number is shown on the tag attached to the key. It isrecommended that you record the key number and store in a safeplace.

There is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) to the number ofkeys that can be programmed.

The minimum timeframe required to supply the duplicate keysis 20 days after all the formalities are completed. Pleasecontact the Authorised Mahindra Dealer to understand theformalities involved.

Never leave the key in the ignition switch with children in thevehicle. A child could switch on the ignition, start the engine,operate power windows and other controls, or move thevehicle, resulting in personal injuries to the bystanders and/orchildren seated inside.

LLOOCCKKSS AANNDD KKEEYYSS


77..11 DDoooorrss

77..11..11 TToo OOppeenn aa DDoooorr ffrroomm IInnssiiddee

Pull the door lever away from the door and push the door outwardto open.

77..11..22 TToo OOppeenn aa DDoooorr ffrroomm OOuuttssiiddee

Pull the door handle firmly outwards to unlock and swing the dooropen.

77..11..33 LLoocckkiinngg // UUnnlloocckkiinngg IInnddiivviidduuaall DDoooorrss ffrroomm IInnssiiddee

Individual doors can be locked/unlocked from inside by therespective door lock tabs. Lift the lock tab outwards to unlock orpress the tab inwards to lock that particular door.

AA :: LLoocckk BB :: UUnnlloocckk



Locking the driver / co-driver door from inside activates thecentral locking system, thereby locking/unlocking ALL thedoors of the vehicle. Refer to Central Locking section for furtherdetails.

77..11..44 MMaannuuaall LLoocckkiinngg // UUnnlloocckkiinngg DDoooorrss ffrroomm OOuuttssiiddee

The driver/co-driver door can be manually locked/unlocked fromoutside by using conventional key. The key is bi-directional; you caninsert it into the keyhole either way. Turn the key anti-clockwise tolock or clockwise to unlock the door.

A : Lock B : Unlock

A keyhole is provided in the driver door to lock/unlock thedoors manually from outside.

Locking the driver door from outside activates the centrallocking system, thereby locking ALL the doors of the vehicle.Refer to Central Locking section for further details.

77..11..55 LLoocckkiinngg // UUnnlloocckkiinngg tthhee BBaacckk DDoooorr

The tailgate is locked/unlocked when locking/unlocking the doors.

To open the tailgate, press the switch located on the inner side ofthe tailgate door handle.

Now tailgate is unlocked lift it up



• Before closing the tailgate, ensure that none of your bodyparts are trapped. Also, because the tailgate is heavy, itmight unexpectedly fall down and close. To prevent anyinjury, close the tailgate with caution

• The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate

• Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area whereno restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of anaccident or sudden stops, occupants should always beproperly restrained

• If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause seriousinjury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive withthe tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open sothat additional outside air comes into the vehicle

Cargo can fall out of an open tailgate while the vehicle is inmotion, resulting in an unexpected accident. Do not travel withthe tailgate open.

Make sure that you close the tailgate before driving. Possibledamage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attachedobjects if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.

Remove any obstacles to interrupt closing the tailgate securely.

77..22 TTaaiillggaattee SSaaffeettyy RReelleeaassee LLeevveerr

Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of the tailgate. When someone isinadvertently locked in the luggage compartment.

You can open the tailgate inside the vehicle.

1. Open the cover.

2. To unlock the tailgate, push the emergency safety release leverinside the trim panel to right side.

3. Push the tailgate to open.



• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extremecaution, especially while the vehicle is in motion

• For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of theemergency tailgate safety release lever in this vehicle andhow to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in theluggage compartment

• Do not allow children to play in cargo area. If they open thetailgate with the opening lever abruptly, it may cause aserious personal injury

• No one should be allowed to occupy the luggagecompartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggagecompartment is a very dangerous location in the event of acrash

77..33 CCeennttrraall LLoocckkiinngg SSyysstteemm

All doors of the vehicle can be simultaneously locked or unlockedfrom the driver/co-driver door and with the switch provided inquadruple switch.

77..33..11 CCeennttrraall LLoocckkiinngg // UUnnlloocckkiinngg AAllll DDoooorrss ffrroommOOuuttssiiddee

To manually lock/unlock all the doors from outside using theconventional key, turn the key anti-clockwise /clockwise respectivelyin the driver door keyhole.

A : Lock

B : Unlock

If any doors are open when central locking is activated, thesystem locks the open doors when they are closed.



Central locking ALL the doors in the vehicle can also be doneusing the Remote key. Refer the relevant sections in thischapter for more details.

77..33..22 CCeennttrraall LLoocckkiinngg // UUnnlloocckkiinngg AAllll DDoooorrss ffrroomm IInnssiiddee

Press the driver and co-driver door lock tab down (A) to lock or liftthe lock tab up (B) to unlock all doors simultaneously.


77..33..33 CChhiilldd SSaaffeettyy RReeaarr DDoooorr LLoocckk

Your vehicle is equipped with left and right side child safety reardoor locks. When the lock mechanism is engaged, the rear door(s)cannot be opened from the inside. The door(s) can only be openedfrom the outside.

To activate the child safety right rear door lock, insert the key androtate towards anti-clockwise direction.

To de-activate the child safety right rear door lock, insert the keyand rotate towards clockwise direction.


If the rear doors are not operable from inside, ensure that thechild safety locks have been disabled.

Mahindra strongly recommends that the child safety rear doorlocks be used whenever there are children travelling in the rearseat.



77..44 RReemmoottee KKeeyylleessss EEnnttrryy ((RRKKEE)) SSyysstteemm ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The front side of the Remote has three control buttons: Unlock,Lock and Search button. There is also a mechanical key releasebutton (E).

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system operates on RadioFrequency (RF). You can insert the key into the ignition with eitherside up.

A : Mechanical key release button

B : Lock button

C : Search button

D : Unlock button

E : LED

Press the mechanical key release button to open the key blade.

77..44..11 PPrreeccaauuttiioonnss wwhhiillee HHaannddlliinngg RReemmoottee KKeeyy

• Do not cover the key grip with any material that cuts off RFwaves

• Do not leave the key exposed to high temperatures for a longperiod, such as on the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight

• Do not put the key in any liquid or wash it in an ultrasonic washer

77..44..22 RReemmoottee KKeeyy SSttaattuuss LLEEDD

LED present on Remote would be indicating the user about theRemote lock/unlock/trunk button input and also health of Remotebattery.



77..44..33 TToo LLoocckk aanndd AArrmm tthhee VVeehhiiccllee wwiitthh RReemmoottee

Press the lock button on the Remote for locking and arming thevehicle.

When the vehicle is successfully locked and armed using theRemote, the hazard lamps and buzzer will flash once.

If there are any doors open, the hazard lamps flash five times alongwith audible beeps indicating the same.

• If any of the doors, are open while locking the vehicle withRemote, the vehicle locks all doors (door locks) irrespective ofthe open door/doors. When the open door (s) is/are closedlater, the vehicle is locked and armed

77..44..44 UUnnlloocckk aanndd DDiissaarrmm tthhee VVeehhiiccllee wwiitthh RReemmoottee

Press the unlock button on the Remote to unlock and disarm thevehicle. When the vehicle is unlocked and disarmed using Remote,Hazard lamps and buzzer flash twice.

77..44..55 TThheefftt AAllaarrmm

If there was an unauthorised attempt to open/start the vehicle bysomeone from the time you had locked and armed the vehicle tothe time you press the unlock button of Remote, the hazard lampsflash four times along with an alarm indicating the attempt.

If this occurs, press the “UNLOCK” button on the Remote to disarmthe security alarm.



Using the ignition key to open the door, when the vehicle waslocked and armed with Remote will be treated as unauthorisedby the system setting off the alarm.

When vehicle is armed by Remote , opening the door frominside by operating the door inner handle will activate thevehicle theft alarm. Press the unlock button on the Remote tocancel the alarm.

77..44..66 SSeeaarrcchh FFuunnccttiioonn

The search function can be used to locate the vehicle in a parkinglot. Press the search button on the Remote for more than 1 sec.continuously to aaccttiivvaattee the search function.

When the Search function is ON, the hazard lamps and burglarhorn will flash for approx. 30 secs. helping you to locate your

vehicle. To extend the search, press the search button again whichwill flash the hazard lamps and burglar horn for another 30 secs.Again press the search button on the Remote for more than 1second or un-lock button on the remote to ddee--aaccttiivvaattee the searchfunction.

The head lamps also turn ON when UNLOCK button is pressedtwice (enabling the Lead Me to Vehicle (LMV) feature). For thefirst UNLOCK command, the doors are unlocked, and for thenext UNLOCK command, the head lamps turn ON enabling youto safely board/locate the vehicle in the night.

If horn is in Mute condition, only hazard lamps will flash for 30seconds during search function.

Search function works both during Locked/Unlocked conditionsof the vehicle.

77..44..77 AAuuttoo LLoocckkiinngg

This feature enables all doors to lock automatically, when all doorsare closed and vehicle speed if greater than 20 kmph.

77..44..88 AAuuttoo RRee--lloocckkiinngg ((iiff aapppplliiccaabbllee))

After unlocking the vehicle using Remote, if none of the doors areopened in 45 seconds Auto re-lock of all doors will happen.



77..44..99 AAuuttoo RRee--lloocckk oonn MMaasstteerr AAccttuuaattoorr UUnnlloocckk

Once Auto locking happened and if the Master Actuator wasunlocked at any vehicle speed, next Auto lock will reoccur when thevehicle speed goes below 5 kmph and again crosses 20 kmph withall the doors in closed condition.

77..44..1100 AAuuttoo RRee--lloocckk OOnn AAnnyy DDoooorr OOppeenn

Once Auto locking is occurred, and if any door is opened whenvehicle speed is less than 5 kmph, Auto Lock will reoccur only whenvehicle speed crosses 20 kmph in all doors closed and masteractuator in lock condition.

77..44..1111 AAnnttii LLoocckkoouutt

This feature will not allow the doors to lock, if any door is open andsomeone tries to lock the doors by using inside master actuator.

However, if repeatedly attempt to lock for 3 times then, doors willget locked.

77..44..1122 AAuuttoo UUnnlloocckk OOnn IIggnniittiioonn OOFFFF

When Ignition is switched off, all doors will get unlockedautomatically, if locked.

There are no visual indications for this operation.

77..44..1133 AAuuttoo UUnnlloocckk UUppoonn CCrraasshh

In vehicles equipped with airbags, Auto Unlock of doors takes placein case of an unfortunate event of an accident and airbags aredeployed.

77..44..1144 TThheerrmmaall PPrrootteeccttiioonn

Door lock mechanism does not respond to remote/CDL requests,if Lock / Unlock are performed 8 or more times within 20 seconds.

Lock/Unlock will not happen for 20 seconds and after lapse of thistime limit, it will function normally.



77..44..1155 RReemmoottee KKeeyy OOppeerraattiinngg RRaannggee

Using Remote, you can lock/arm or unlock/disarm the vehicle fromdistances approx. 30ft. (9m).

If there is reduction in Remote range, please follow the stepsbelow:

• Check the distance: The Remote key may be too far from thevehicle. Stand closer to the vehicle during rain or badweather

• Check the location: Other vehicles or objects may be blockingthe signals. Take a few steps to the left or right, hold theRemote key higher, and try again. Moreover, closeness to aradio transmitter such as radio station tower, airport

transmitter, mobile or CB radios may lead to reduction inrange of Remote key

• Check the Remote key battery: See battery replacementprocedure, given later in this section

• If the Remote key is still not working correctly, contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer

77..44..1166 IIff RReemmoottee KKeeyy iiss LLoosstt

If you have lost the programmed Remote key, contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for procuring a new Remote key.

While programming a new key set, you will have to submit all thekeys available with you, to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Please note that there is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) tothe number of keys that can be ordered. The minimumtimeframe required to supply the duplicate keys is 20 daysafter all the formalities are completed. Please contact theAuthorised Mahindra Dealer to understand the formalitiesinvolved.

If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able todeactivate the theft detent devices or start the engine.

If the key is stolen or lost, communicate to an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for de-activating the function of the lost or



stolen key. This is essential to avoid unauthorised access usingthe misplaced key.

Only Remote key transmitters programmed to your vehicleelectronics can be used for remote locking and unlocking ofyour vehicle.

77..55 SSmmaarrtt KKeeyy SSyysstteemm//PPaassssiivvee KKeeyylleessss EEnnttrryy ((PPKKEE)) ((iiffeeqquuiippppeedd))

Smart Key System enables you to enter or exit your vehicle without theneed to manually lock/unlock the doors. You can start/stop, lock orunlock the vehicle using Smart Key. To do this, you only need to carry theSmart Key with you.

A : Mechanical key release button

B : Lock button

C : Search button

D : Unlock button

E : LED

Remote Key Panic alarm feature is not available in Smart Keyvariants.

The front side of the Smart Key has three control buttons: Lock (B)and Panic button (C), Unlock (D). There is also a emergency keyrelease button (A), which releases a mechanical key for emergencypurposes (E.g. when PKE battery is low). To remove the metal key,press and hold the release button (B) and pull the mechanical keyout.

• When locking or unlocking with Smart Key, the distancebetween the Smart Key and the corresponding door handlemust not be greater than 3ft (1m).

• Do not cover the key grip with any material that cuts off RFwaves

• Do not leave the key exposed to high temperatures for along period, such as on the dashboard or hood under directsunlight



• Do not put the key in any liquid or wash it in an ultrasonicwasher

• The Smart Key can malfunction if exposed to moisture orstatic electricity

Carrying the Smart Key along with you, you can lock or unlock thedoors and tail door and even start and stop the engine withoutinserting the key. Functions of the buttons on a Smart Key is similarto the remote keyless entry.

LLoocckkiinngg tthhee vveehhiiccllee::

1. Carry the Smart Key

2. Close all the doors

3. Press the button in the door handle

4. The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate the locking(5 blinks will be provided if engine hood is open while locking)

5. Make sure that the doors are locked by pulling at the outsidedoor handles

• Key should be in the proximity of less than 0.7m from theoutside door handle

• Vehicle can be locked centrally by pressing the button in thedoor handle nearer to the PKE (PKE should be nearer to thetriggered side). E.g., locking/unlocking of the co-driver dooris possible only if PKE is around the co-driver area

• Even after pressing the outside door handle button, if thedoors do not lock, a chime is heard for 5 times, then one ofthe following situations are true:

– A Smart Key is kept inside the vehicle

– The vehicle/key is in IGN ON or ACC ON position

– One of the doors not closed properly

• On attempting to lock by pressing the button in door handle,the chime will sound for 3 times if the steering is not locked

• With the one Smart Key inside, on locking the vehicle usingthe remote lock button, the key which is kept inside wouldget deactivated completely for the security of the vehicle. Inorder to make the key to active again, the vehicle should beunlocked either using Smart Key or by pressing remoteunlock



UUnnlloocckkiinngg tthhee vveehhiiccllee::

1. Carry the Smart Key

2. Press the button in the door handle

3. All doors would unlock and hazard warning lights will blink twice

• Key should be in the proximity of less than 0.7m from theoutside door handle

• Vehicle can be unlocked centrally by pressing the button inthe door handle only when the key is in same side of the doorwhere the button is pressed

UUnnlloocckkiinngg tthhee TTaaiill ddoooorr aalloonnee::

The tailgate is locked/unlocked when locking/unlocking the doors.

To open the tailgate, touch the opening switch inner side of thetailgate door handle with the tailgate unlocked, and then lift it up.

In theft deterrent mode, you can unlock only the tailgate by pressingthe tailgate switch with the smart key. The tailgate will be lockedagain when closing it.

If the smart key felt inside unknowingly and if tail door closed, all thedoors will unlock automatically with hazard and buzzer blinks twice.

• Before closing the tailgate, ensure that none of your bodyparts are trapped. Also, because the tailgate is heavy, itmight unexpectedly fall down and close. To prevent anyinjury, close the tailgate with caution

• The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate

• Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area whereno restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of anaccident or sudden stops, occupants should always beproperly restrained

• If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause seriousinjury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive withthe tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open sothat additional outside air comes into the vehicle



Cargo can fall out of an open tailgate while the vehicle is inmotion, resulting in an unexpected accident. Do not travel withthe tailgate open.

Make sure that you close the tailgate before driving. Possibledamage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attachedobjects if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.

Remove any obstacles to interrupt closing the tailgate securely.

MMuuttee//UUnnmmuuttee tthhee AAllaarrmm//BBeeeeppss

The alarm or beeps heard when one of the doors are open can bemuted/unmuted. Press the lock button for more than 1 secs. toswap between mute and unmute.

Only the door open beeps and alarm can be muted. The PKEalerts cannot be muted.

77..55..11 EEnnggiinnee SSTTAARRTT//SSTTOOPP BBuuttttoonn

The engine can be started or stopped by the presence of the SmartKey inside the vehicle.



Whenever the doors are opened, the engine start/stop buttonwill be illuminated and go off after few seconds.

Upon any fault identification by the system in the start/stop switch,an alert would be provided in the Instrument cluster. Please visit thenearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately to rectify theproblem.

Even with the failure in the start/stop switch, vehicle's normalfunction may work which depends on the severity of the failure.Please visit the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer to rectifythe problem immediately.

EEnnggiinnee ssttaarrtt//ssttoopp bbuuttttoonn ppoossiittiioonnss::

To operate the engine start/stop switch to its intended function,Smart Key should be inside the vehicle.

OOFFFF

To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle and press the engine start/stop button once. Status LED in the engine start/stop button goesOFF to indicate the OFF position.

If the engine is not switching off by pressing the engine start/stop button (one press), press and hold the engine start/stopbutton for more than 3 seconds or rapidly press and releasethe engine start/stop button 3 times within 3 seconds. Ondoing so, the vehicle ignition status is changed to ACC positiontill 30 seconds, then it will change to OFF position. Contact thenearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer at the earliest.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic anti-theft steering columnlock. The steering wheel locks when the engine start/stop button isin OFF position to protect against the theft. The steering wheel locksautomatically when the driver door is opened or 25 seconds afterengine start/stop button changes to OFF position. If the steeringwheel is not locked properly when you open the driver door and onattempting to lock the vehicle, a warning chirp along with thehazard blinks thrice. Try locking the steering wheel again (bytoggling Engine Start/Stop button). If the problem is not solved, werecommend to take the vehicle to nearest Authorised MahindraDealer immediately.

OONN

To switch ON the ignition, press the engine start/stop button whenthe switch position is in OFF/ACC without depressing the clutchpedal and with the Smart Key inside the vehicle. Status LED in theengine start/stop button will turn Red to indicate the IGN ONposition and the vehicle is ready for starting.



Keeping the vehicle in ignition ON position for longer timewithout engine running, would drain the battery. Turn OFF theignition if engine is not to be started.

Vehicle ignition would not turn to ON position on any of the followingconditions:

• If the electronic steering lock is not getting unlocked

– A warning would be displayed in the Instrument cluster. If thesteering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, press the start/stopbutton while turning the steering wheel right/left to releasethe tension on the lock.

Still, if you are not able to turn ON the IGN, please contact thenearest Authorised Mahindra Service Centre.

• If the key is not detected inside the vehicle or far away from thedriver which is not in detectable position

– A warning would be displayed in the Instrument cluster alongwith a beep sound for a few secs. Bring the Smart Key insidethe vehicle if not in the vehicle or keep the key away from anyelectronic gadgets to allow the system to detect the key

– If still the key is not detected, the key battery might be low.Press the start/stop button once and while the status LED inthe button is blinking RED, bring the key fob on top of thestart/stop button and hold for few seconds till status LEDchanges to permanent RED. Once start/stop status LEDturns RED, press Start/Stop button to turn ON IGNimmediately



• When engine start/stop button is ON or engine is in runningcondition with vehicle at standstill and if any door is opened, thesystem checks for the Smart Key. If the Smart Key is not insidethe vehicle, an alert in the Instrument cluster is displayed alongwith a chirp for 5 times to indicate key not detected inside

Bring the Smart Key inside the vehicle or keep the key in thedetectable position whenever you are inside the vehicle.

SSttaarrttiinngg tthhee vveehhiiccllee

To start the engine, press the clutch and press the engine start/stop button once with the key inside the vehicle. The engine can bestarted from any position (OFF / ACC / ON) of the start/stopswitch.

Ensure the gear lever is in neutral position before starting.

If engine start/stop button is pressed without pressing theclutch pedal, engine will not start and the vehicle power modeswill change as follows: OFF→ ON→OFF→ ON

If the engine start/stop button is pressed from the OFFposition directly, along with the clutch in depressed position,there may be a small delay in the engine cranking. This isnormal and not to be taken as a fault.

Never press the engine start/stop button while the vehicle is inmotion except in an emergency. This will result in the engineturning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brakesystems. This may lead to loss of direction control and brakingfunction, leading to an accident.

Once the engine is started, it would not stop even if the key isnot inside the vehicle. Before leaving the driver seat, alwaysmake sure engine start/stop button is in OFF position and



always take the Smart Key with you. Vehicle safety and securitywould be affected if these precautions are not followed.

In case of any failure in clutch pedal sensor, engine can bestarted by pressing the start/stop button continuously for 10seconds without depressing the clutch pedal.

EEmmeerrggeennccyy ssttoopp

To turn the engine OFF in an emergency, press and hold the enginestart/stop button for more than 2 seconds or rapidly press andrelease the engine start/stop button 3 times within 3 seconds. Ondoing so, the vehicle ignition is changed to ACC position.

If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine (withoutdepressing the brake pedal) by: pressing the engine start/stopbutton, pressing the clutch, gear lever in N position.

BBAACCKK uupp SSttaarrtt

If the key fob battery is low, the key may not be detected. In such asituation, press the start/stop button once while the status LED inthe button is blinking green, bring the key fob on top of the start/stop button and hold it there for few seconds till status LEDchanges to permanent green. Once start/stop status LED turnsgreen, press start/stop button to turn ON IGN immediately.

If key fob battery is detected low by the system, an alert would betriggered while turning OFF the ignition. Change the battery byfollowing the procedure as mentioned in the section for batteryreplacement.



Key fob battery low can be detected only if the key has beencontinuously used in the vehicle. Keeping the key outside thevehicle for longer duration and then using it with the drainedbattery cannot be detected.

77..55..22 SSmmaarrtt KKeeyy WWaarrnniinngg

When a smart key is left inside the vehicle and all doors are closed,LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds if you lock the doorusing the other smart key.

LCD display shows this message if you leave the vehicle with theSmart Key when the engine Start/Stop button is ON or Startposition.

LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds if the Smart Keybattery is weak when you press the engine Start/Stop button.Replace the battery with new one.

LCD display shows this message when engine start fails due to thebattery discharged Smart Key and etc.



LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds when there ismalfunction on the engine Start/Stop button or Smart Key system.If the message appears constantly, bring your vehicle to AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for checkup.

77..55..33 VVeehhiiccllee LLoocckkiinngg//UUnnlloocckkiinngg iinn aann EEmmeerrggeennccyySSiittuuaattiioonn

If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlockthe doors by using the mechanical key:

1. To remove the mechanical key, press and hold the releasebutton in the side of the key fob and pull the mechanical keyhead.

2. Insert the key into the keyhole in the door nearer to the doorhandle. Turn the key towards the rear of the vehicle to unlockand turn it towards the front to lock.

3. To reinstal the mechanical key, put the key into the key fob andpush it until a click is heard

It is strictly not advisable to leave the key fobs in the vehicle.Vehicle can be started by any unauthorised person.

A maximum of 2 Smart Keys can be registered to a singlevehicle. If you lose a key, we strictly recommend to contactAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately to block the lost keyand to get a new key.

The Smart Key may not work if any of the following occurs:

• The Smart Key is close to a radio station, airport or an areawhere there is a possibility of large radio transmissions whichcan interfere with the normal operation of the Smart Key



• The Smart Key is near a mobile or a cellular phone or someelectronic gadgets like Laptop/Tablets. The signal from theSmart Key could be blocked by normal operation of your cellphone or smartphone. Avoid placing the Smart Key and yourelectronic gadgets in the same trouser or jacket pocket or in thebag and maintain adequate distance between the two devices

• Another vehicle Smart Key is being operated close to yourvehicle

• Smart Key kept inside the glove box or top bin in the instrumentpanel may not be detected sometimes. Keep the Smart Key inthe visible zone or in your pocket for getting it detected

• Keep the Smart Key away from the water or any liquid. If thekeyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water orliquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty

Make sure the vehicle ignition is in OFF state, whenever leavingthe vehicle even with the key. By keeping the vehicle ignition inON/ACC state will hamper the vehicle security.

Do not hand over the Smart Key to any unauthorised person orservice provider. Your vehicle security system may becompromised in doing so.

77..66 IIff SSmmaarrtt KKeeyy iiss LLoosstt

If you have lost the programmed Smart Key, contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for procuring a new Smart Key.

While programming a new key set, you will have to submit all thekeys available with you, to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Please note that there is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) tothe number of keys that can be ordered. The minimumtimeframe required to supply the duplicate keys is 10 daysafter all the formalities are completed. Please contact theAuthorised Mahindra Dealer to understand the formalitiesinvolved.

If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able todeactivate the anti-theft devices or start the engine.

If the key is stolen or lost, communicate to an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for de-activating the function of the lost orstolen key. This is essential to avoid unauthorised access usingthe misplaced key.

Only Smart Key transmitters programmed to your vehicleelectronics can be used for remote locking and unlocking ofyour vehicle.



77..77 BBaatttteerryy RReeppllaacceemmeenntt ffoorr RReemmoottee KKeeyy//SSmmaarrtt KKeeyy

RReeppllaacciinngg PPrroocceedduurreess::

1. Remove the cover at the back side of the Remote Key/SmartKey using a smallest flat screwdriver while taking care not todamage it.

2. Slide the battery press and pull of the battery spring.

3. Use only specified battery (CR2032). Make sure that thebattery is installed in correct direction.

4. Instal the battery in the reverse order of removal.

• Use only the specified battery. Otherwise, the remote controlkey may not work properly

• Make sure that the battery is installed in correct direction

• Dispose the used battery in accordance with localregulations

• Both Remote Key and Smart Key are not completely water-proof. Repairing or replacing a damaged key due to waterexposure (e. g. Drink, moisture, etc.) will not be covered byyour warranty

77..77..11 BBaatttteerryy SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonn

Battery Voltage 3 V

Battery Capacity 225 mAh



77..88 TThheefftt DDeetteenntt WWaarrnniinngg SSyysstteemm

77..88..11 AArrmmiinngg ooff VVeehhiiccllee

Once all the doors are closed and locked with remote by pressinglock button, Theft Detent warning system would get activated.

77..88..22 TThheefftt DDeetteenntt TTrriiggggeerr

If any one tries to manipulate the Ignition or manually opens thedoors or manually unlocks the doors, Theft Detent warning systemalarm is activated by blinking the turn lamps and blowing Burglarhorn for 27 secs.

Once the alarm is triggered, it can be disabled by pressing unlockbutton on remote or switching on the Ignition by using valid key.

77..99 EEnnggiinnee IImmmmoobbiilliisseerr SSyysstteemm

An Engine Immobiliser System is a security system that preventsthe vehicle from being operated by unauthorised keys. The Engineimmobiliser prevents the engine from being started unless itrecognises signals from the correct coded key. When a wrong keyis inserted or a theft attempt is detected, the alarm is set off, andthe hazard lamps flash along with a siren.

The system is automatically activated when the key is removedfrom the ignition.

77..99..11 FFeeaattuurreess ooff tthhee IImmmmoobbiilliisseerr SSyysstteemm

• Prevents the vehicle being started by anyone not in possessionof the correct vehicle key

• The vehicle is automatically protected after the key is removedfrom the ignition. At every ignition ON, if the vehicle does notrecognise the correct key code, the engine check lamp willilluminate/blink and the engine cannot be started

• The vehicle will not be protected until the key has been taken outof the ignition

If the engine check lamp flashes or remains continuouslyilluminated after the ignition being switched ON, there is asystem malfunction. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealerimmediately.

Inserting the correct coded key in the ignition and switching theignition ON, automatically deactivates the system. This enables theengine to start.

In the event of the vehicle not starting with the correct key,switch off the ignition for a minimum of 1 minute and attemptto start the vehicle again.



Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobilisersystem. Any unauthorised changes or modifications can affectproper operation of the system and will void your warranty.

The security system will be activated only when the vehicle islocked using the Smart Key. Locking the doors with the manualkey will not activate the security system.

Using the ignition key to open the door, when the vehicle waslocked and armed with Smart Key will be treated asunauthorised by the system setting off the alarm. Press theunlock button on the Smart Key to cancel the alarm.



88 FFEEAATTUURREESS AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLL

88..11 QQuuaaddrruuppllee SSwwiittcchh

A : ORVM Folding/UnfoldingSwitch

B : Aiming Switch

C : Driver Door Window Switch

D : Rear RH Window Switch

E : Door Lock/Unlock Switch

F : Window Lock Switch

G : Rear LH Window Switch

H : Passenger’s Window Switch

I : Mirror Selection Switch

The quadruple power window switch on the driver door armrest/handle controls the following functions:

• Both LH and RH ORVM folding

• ORVM selector

• ORVM adjustment

• Power window functions of all doors in the vehicle

• Power window safety switch that enables/disables powerwindow operation of rear doors when operated independentlyfrom the respective doors

88..11..11 PPoowweerr WWiinnddoowwss

Power windows can be operated only when the ignition is “ON”position.

Power Window Control after IGN OFF - The power window controlwill be available for 30 seconds after IGN OFF condition.

The driver can operate all the power windows in the vehicle throughthe quadruple switch on the driver door armrest/handle.

Other passengers in the vehicle can raise or lower their respectivewindow glasses individually by using the separate switches providedon each of the door trim pads/armrests.

FFEEAATTUURREESS AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLL


To lower/raise the window glass push/pull, the power windowswitches respectively.

Do not operate the power windows frequently when the engineis OFF. This will drain the vehicle battery.

If you operate the switches often during a short period of time,the system might become inoperable for a certain duration toprevent damage due to overheating. The system will return tonormal functioning shortly.

It is recommended to operate one window switch at a time.

While operating the power windows, check for obstructions likehead, hand, etc. which may lead to personal injuries.

Power Window Control after IGN OFF - The power windowcontrol will be available for 30 seconds after IGN OFF condition.

88..11..22 PPoowweerr WWiinnddooww LLoocckk SSwwiittcchh

The main power window quadruple switch in the driver door trimhas a power window lock switch to enable or disable operation ofrear passenger window switches.

To disable the rear passenger power windows, press the windowlock switch down.

To revert to normal operation, press the window lock switch again.



88..11..33 SSmmaarrtt PPoowweerr WWiinnddooww wwiitthh AAnnttii--PPiinncchh ((aapppplliiccaabblleeffoorr ddrriivveerr ddoooorr oonnllyy)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Smart power window is one of the significant safety features withthe anti-pinch function, which automatically reverses the direction ofglass if an obstruction is detected during the express up mode.

This feature consists of three functions:

• Auto UP

• Auto DOWN

• Anti-Pinch during Auto UP

AAuuttoo UUPP

Pull the power window switch up for a moment and release. Theglass moves all the way up automatically. You do not need to holdthe switch till the glass closes.

AAuuttoo DDOOWWNN

Press the power window switch down for a moment and release.The glass moves all the way down automatically. You do not need tohold the switch till the glass comes down.

AAnnttii--PPiinncchh dduurriinngg AAuuttoo UUPP

During Auto UP if any obstacle is detected with the force valueranging between 70~100 N (~7-10 kg), the controller senses theload and reverses the direction of the glass to downward directionfor almost full stroke length.

However, if the force against the glass is less than the specifiedvalue, then this function does not operate.

If power window anti-pinch is used continuously for more than20 times, the power window express feature will have thermalcut off and it will not operate for 20 seconds and after that forone cycle it will operate and once the temperature comes tonominal, then it will start operating normally.

EExxtteennddeedd PPoowweerr WWiinnddooww

All doors power windows can be rolled UP/DOWN within 30seconds after ignition off.



88..22 MMiirrrroorrss

88..22..11 MMaannuuaall OORRVVMM ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Integrated exterior rearview mirrors on both the sides facilitatemaximum rear view information to the driver.

Both the ORVMs are hinged and can be manually folded orunfolded. This avoids hindrances in narrow areas and parking slots.Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support, whilefolding or unfolding.

Objects seen in convex mirrors are much closer than theyappear. Do not overestimate the distance of the objects thatyou see in the mirrors.

88..22..22 EElleeccttrriicc OORRVVMM ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The electric exterior mirror adjustment switch is located on thedriver door trim/handle. The joystick on the switch can be used toselect the left/right mirror and also to adjust the respective mirror.

88..22..33 EElleeccttrriicc FFoollddaabbllee OORRVVMM ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

MMiirrrroorr FFoolldd FFuunnccttiioonn

To fold the ORVM assembly, press towards the right side of theswitch with ignition ON condition.

ORVM will get fold automatically when:

• Key is in out condition, Mirror is already in unfold condition andRKE LOCK is pressed



For Auto fold function, the switch should be in neutral position.

MMiirrrroorr UUnnffoolldd FFuunnccttiioonn

To unfold the ORVM assembly, press towards the left side of theswitch with ignition ON condition.

ORVM will get unfold automatically when:

• Key is in out condition, Mirror is already in folded condition andORVM switch is neutral condition and IGN is made ON

88..33 IInntteerriioorr RReeaarrvviieeww MMiirrrroorr ((IIRRVVMM))

The interior rearview mirror provides the rearview information tothe driver and also aids during reversing.

88..33..11 AAnnttii--GGllaarree AAuuttoo AAddjjuussttmmeenntt FFuunnccttiioonn ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

A IRVM D Indicator

B Brightness E Front Sensor

CAnti-glare autoadjustment switch



The reflection rate of the inside rearview mirror can beautomatically adjusted by the light intensity from a vehicle behindyou by pressing the anti-glare auto adjustment switch.

While pressing the switch, its corresponding indicator comes on.Pressing the switch once more turns off the indicator anddeactivates the function.

• Under the following conditions, automatic anti-glare functionmay not operate properly

• When the rear vehicle’s headlamp is not beamed directly totheinside rearview mirror’s sensor

• When the rear window has a dark tinted glass

• When the gear selector lever is in the R position, automaticantiglare function will be cancelled to obtain the bestrearview

• For your safety, never adjust the mirror while the vehicle is inmotion

• The electrolyte may come out when the mirror is broken. Donot allow it to contact your skin or eyes. If you accidentallyget it in your eyes, flush with water and see your doctor

• For your safety, adjust the mirror before driving off thevehicle

88..33..22 MMaannuuaall TTyyppee ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

You can manually adjust the rearview mirror by pushing or pullingits adjusting lever to avoid blindness at night due to other vehiclesbehind you

When you are not able to see the back of your vehicle at night,adjust the rearview mirror by holding the mirror body andpushing or pulling it to a desired angle so that you can secure aclear rear view.



88..44 SSttoorraaggee CCoommppaarrttmmeennttss

88..44..11 LLuuggggaaggee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt

In Luggage compartment, there are two levels of lid positions(Upper and Lower) provided in the rear side trims. Position can bevaried as per required volume of objects (higher and lower). Thedefault vehicle assembly condition of Luggage Floor Lid at LowerPosition.

LLuuggggaaggee FFlloooorr LLiidd aatt LLoowweerr PPoossiittiioonn

During normal driving condition luggage floor lid position should beat the lower position.

In this position luggage floor lid will be rested on toolkit organiserabove the spare wheel directly.

LLuuggggaaggee FFlloooorr LLiidd aatt UUppppeerr PPoossiittiioonn ((FFllaatt FFlloooorr))

This position can be used during Flat Floor condition (Second rowseat folded condition)

For using this position the spacer which is available below tool kitorganiser to be removed and fixed on the top of the organiser asper the illustration.



FFllaatt FFlloooorr PPoossiittiioonn FFiixxiinngg PPrroocceedduurree

Lift and remove the luggage floor lid as shown in the illustration.

Remove the tool kit organiser from the spare wheel.

Rotate the Spacer tool tray (Which is provided along with Tool kitorganiser at the bottom) anti-clockwise direction to remove fromTool kit organiser.

Fix the Spacer Tool tray on top of the tool kit organiser as shown inthe illustration.



Match the Locator in Spacer tool tray to be inserted in the holeon Tool kit organiser (Identified with arrow mark) to placeSpacer tool tray on top of Tool kit organiser.

Then refix the Tool kit organiser to the spare wheel and alter theLuggage floor lid at the upper position.

To get the flat floor position when rear seat is in folded conditionwith proper support at the bottom of Luggage Floor Lid.

In this position to carry the light weight objects like, Cycle, TV andsimilar size of objects.

Follow the reverse procedure to relocate the normal position.

Do not place the Luggage Floor Lid at the top position with outkeeping proper support (spacer) at the bottom which isprovided along with toolkit organiser. Otherwise there is a riskof breakage of Luggage floor Lid, if it is loaded with out spacersupport

Maximum loading condition of Luggage floor lid at lowerposition is 60Kgs.



88..44..22 FFrroonntt SSttoorraaggee

The front storage is located under the front centre panel. You canuse it for small items.

Be cautious of items falling or interrupting the control of thegear selector lever

88..44..33 SSuunn GGllaassss HHoollddeerr

Roof mounted sun glass holder is an integral part of the frontinterior lamp.

Press the lid to release the latch and lower the holder. It isstrategically positioned to be accessed easily by both the driver andfront passenger.

Do not access the sun glass holder while you are driving. It maydistract your concentration and could lead to an accident.



88..44..44 GGlloovvee BBooxx

The glove box is located just below the Left side of Instrument panel.To open, gently pull the lever and lower the lid. To close the glovebox, raise the lid all the way up and gently press to lock the lid.

It is suggested to keep copies of all vehicle documents along withthe Owner’s Manual Kit in the glove box for reference when needed.There is also a pen holder inside the glove box for convenience.

To avoid the possibility of injury in case of an accident or asudden stop, glove box lids should be kept closed when thevehicle is in motion.

88..44..55 CCeennttrree SSttoorraaggee

The centre storage is mounted upon the glove box.

A cold/hot beverage placed in the storage may be thrown outor cause a burn. Use the cup holder for beverages.



88..44..66 CCoonnssoollee SSttoorraaggee

You can use the console storage by lifting up the console lid withthe knob.

To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

Do not store items that are damageable or cause noises sincethey can move around in the compartment while driving.

Do not store any flammable materials such as cigarette lighterin the console box or other space. In hot weather, they mayexplode and cause a fire.

By pressing up the console knob, you can use the compartment inthe console storage.

The console storage can be used as an armrest for both the driverand the passenger.

You can store a max. 10-inch mobile device (Galaxy tab, iPad, etc.)in the centre console storage.



88..44..77 FFrroonntt CCuupp HHoollddeerr//RReeaarr CCuupp HHoollddeerr aanndd AArrmmrreesstt((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

FFrroonntt CCuupp HHoollddeerr::

The cup holder located in the floor console between the front seats,It can be used for small cups or cans that are closed or have a lid.

RReeaarr ccuupp hhoollddeerr aanndd aarrmmrreesstt ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The cup holders are located on both the left and right side trims.

Only sealed cups/cans with lid to be used in the cup holders.

Use caution when using the cup holders. A spilled beveragethat is very hot can injure driver or passengers. Spilled liquidscan also damage interior trim and electrical components. Anyspilled beverage can also startle the driver and cause a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle resulting in an accident.



88..44..88 BBoottttllee HHoollddeerr

Bottle holders are located on both the front door lower trims. You canuse them to store maps, papers, small books, bottles, etc.

Only sealed/closed bottles are to be used in the bottle holders.

88..44..99 SSeeaatt BBaacckk//MMaaggaazziinnee PPoocckkeett

The seat back pockets are located on the back of the front seatsfor holding lightweight papers/books/magazines, etc.

To avoid injury, do not place large or hard objects in the seatback pockets. Do not put more than 1 kg weight in seat backpockets.



88..44..1100 AAssssiisstt GGrriipp aanndd CCooaatt HHooookk

AAssssiisstt GGrriipp

Foldable grip handles are provided above the front (passenger only)and second row outboard seats.

CCooaatt HHooookk

The second row outboard passenger seats grip handles feature acoat hook for hanging your coat, shirts, etc.

Hang lightweight articles only. Hanging excess/bulky weight/items may cause breakage of the hook and inconvenience tothe passengers.



88..55 SSuunn VViissoorr

88..55..11 SSuunn VViissoorr aanndd TTiicckkeett HHoollddeerr

SSuunn VViissoorr

Use the sun visor to shield the direct sunlight through the front orside windows.

To shield the sunlight through the windshield, pull it downward.

To shield the sunlight through the side window, pull it downward,unsnap it from the bracket and swing it to the side.

TTiicckkeett HHoollddeerr

Tickets and cards can be stored.

• Adjusting the sun visor or using the mirror or ticket holderon the sun visor while driving may cause an accident bytaking your attention away or blocking your view

• Adjust and use the sun visor when the vehicle is not in move



88..55..22 VVaanniittyy MMiirrrroorr aanndd LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

VVaanniittyy MMiirrrroorr aanndd LLaammpp

Swing the sun visor down and open the cover to reveal the mirror,then the lamp will come on.

Do not adjust the sun visor while the vehicle is in motion.

TTiicckkeett HHoollddeerr

Tickets and cards can be stored.

88..66 HHoorrnn

Press the pad on the steering wheel to blow/sound the horn.

The horn functions even when the ignition has been switched OFF.



88..77 SSuunnrrooooff ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

SSuunnrrooooff SSwwiittcchh

The sunroof cover opens and closes manually.

• Even though the sunroof can be operated when the ignitionkey is in the ON position (the engine is not running),operating the sunroof repeatedly with the engine turned offwill run down the battery. Operate the sunroof while theengine is running

• When a desired sunroof operation is completed, release theswitch. If you keep pressing the switch, it could cause amalfunction. Especially in winter, never operate the sunroof ifmoving areas are iced. Wait until the areas are deiced

• When leaving the vehicle unattended, be sure to completelyclose the sunroof. Otherwise, there is a great risk of vehicletheft. Or, the interior of the vehicle will be wet when it rainsor snows

• When the sunroof is slid to its complete open position, thewind buffet phenomenon can increase. If this happens,adjust by opening the sunroof or only open two-thirds of thesunroof by using only the first step of the opening system

• When operating the sunroof, be aware of safety conditionsbefore operation. Parts of the body can be trapped

• Clean up the circumference of sunroof regularly. Otherwise,operating the sunroof may cause a noise due to foreignmaterial and dirt

• Opening the sunroof or driving with the sunroof open after acar wash or rain may lead to water entering

• Close the sunroof while driving in the dusty environment. Thedusts or particles entered can cause operating problems

• If a roof rack system is installed on the vehicle roof or anycargo is secured to the roof rack, do not operate thesunroof. If you are required to operate the sunroof, carefullycheck that the roof rack system does not interfere with thesunroof and it is safe to open the sunroof



• Make sure that no passenger sticks out head, hand or anypart of his/her body out of the sunroof opening while driving.There is a risk of personal injury when the vehicle is stoppedsuddenly

• Before operating the sunroof, make sure that no head, hand,finger, or any object is capable of being trapped. There is arisk of personal injury or even death

88..77..11 SSuunnrrooooff SSlliiddiinngg OOppeerraattiioonn

OOppeenn:: 22--SStteepp OOppeenniinngg

Push up the switch briefly: 2-step auto sliding openWhen pushing up the sunroof switch briefly, the sunroof isautomatically opened by two-third of its travel (first step). When

pushing up and holding the sunroof switch again, the sunroof iscompletely opened (second step).

Push up and hold the switch: manual sliding open

The sunroof is opened as long as pushing up the switch.

CClloossee

Pull down the switch briefly: auto sliding close

When pulling down the sunroof switch briefly, the sunroof isautomatically closed completely. To stop the sunroof, pull or pushthe switch at desired position while moving.

Pull down and hold the switch: manual sliding closeThe sunroof is closed as long as pulling down the switch.



88..77..22 SSuunnrrooooff TTiillttiinngg OOppeerraattiioonn

TTiilltt UUPP

The rear side of the sunroof is tilted up when pulling down thesunroof switch with the sunroof closed.

TTiilltt DDOOWWNN

The rear side of the sunroof is tilted down when pushing up thesunroof switch with the sunroof tilted up.

AAnnttii--PPiinncchh FFuunnccttiioonn ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

To prevent any body parts from being trapped by the slidingsunroof, an Anti-Pinch Function automatically opens the sunroofwhen an object is trapped.

• This safety function is available for the auto sliding sunroofclose

• The anti-Pinch function is deactivated just before the sunroofcloses

• Sunroof safety function is supplemental and not alwaysoperable depending on circumstances (e. g. any electricaldevice in the vehicle, etc.), therefore, the driver should checksafety at all times before operating the sunroof



When operating the sunroof, be aware of safety conditionsbefore operation. Parts of the body can be trapped.

Do not stick out any part of your body out of the sunroof even instationary.

SSuunnrrooooff OOppeenn WWaarrnniinngg BBuuzzzzeerr

When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is removedwith the sunroof open, the buzzer will sound to alert you that thesunroof is opened. The buzzer will automatically turn off whenclosing the door. After this, the buzzer will not sound even thoughthe door is opened again.

WWiinndd BBuuffffeettiinngg

When you drive this vehicle with the window or sunroof open at acertain position, you may feel some pressure upon your ears orhear some noises similar to those from a helicopter. This happensbecause of an influx in air through the window or sunroof and itsresonance effect. If this happens, adjust by opening the window orsunroof.

BBaatttteerryy DDiisscchhaarrggee oorr PPoowweerr FFaaiilluurree wwhhiillee OOppeerraattiinngg SSuunnrrooooff

If the sunroof is stopped midway due to a discharged battery orpower failure, you need to re-calibrate the starting point of thesunroof. In addition, the following cases need the recalibration.

• The sunroof does not completely close or open by operating theswitch once

• The sunroof slides back to close. But the operation does not stopeven after a complete close and tilts up the sunroof

• The opening gap remarkably decreases for the sliding open ortilt up

• The sunroof does not work

RReeccaalliibbrraattiinngg tthhee SSuunnrrooooff SSttaarrttiinngg PPooiinntt

If you pull and hold the Close switch for 5 seconds while the rearside of the sunroof is tilted up, the sunroof starting point will berecalibrated with a thumping sound.

If the sunroof still does not operate properly after recalibrating thestart point, bring your vehicle in to a Authorised Mahindra Servicecenter for an inspection.



88..77..33 SSuunnrrooooff SSeerrvviiccee CChheecckkiinngg PPrroocceedduurree

• Open the Sunroof

• Check all 4 Rail channel corners for mud or Dust/Leaf presentin it

• Move the leafs/Dust to centre of rain channel and then removeit by hand

Do not blow air in drain hose channel before cleaning itmanually – as the bigger leaves may go inside and block drainhose.

• After cleaning of all visible particles, blow air into drain hosechannel area to clean hose for mud in this area

• Now pour 1 litre of water in rain channel and check if water isdraining or not

If water is not draining kindly contact the Authorised MahindraDealer or Authorised Mahindra Service Centre.



88..88 IInntteerriioorr LLaammppss

Interior lamps comprise front/rear roof lamps, ambience lampsand ignition key ring illumination. These lamps can be used for anilluminated entry. In auto mode, the roof lamps (courtesy lamps)and ignition key ring illuminate when any of the doors are opened.Once all doors are closed, the interior lamps switch OFF.

88..88..11 FFrroonntt RRooooff LLaammpp

The front roof lamps are located in the roof console above theinterior rearview mirror.

The roof lamp can be switched ON pressing the ON switch A & C.Press the switch again to switch OFF the roof lamp. Also the lampgoes off once the Lock button in RKE/PKE is pressed and the samewill be ON again when it is un-lock button in RKE/PKE is pressed

For Auto mode - Auto Mode switch (B) is in pressed condition theroof lamp will be ON when any of the doors are opened.

And the lamp will go off once the doors are closed.

A : Spot Lamp Switch(Passenger’s)

B : Main Room Lamp Switch (AutoMode)

C : Spot Lamp Switch (Driver’s)

D: Sunroof Switch

88..88..22 CCeennttrree RRoooomm LLaammpp

The centre room lamp comes on when pressing in this switch. Itgoes out when pressing in the switch again. However, if the mainroom lamp switch is in Auto/door position, this lamp comes on/goes off when opening/closing a door.

It can not be switched off independently in auto mode



88..88..33 GGlloovvee BBooxx LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

This lamp is located inside the Glove box.

It will get switched ON when Glove box is opened and switch OFFwhen it is closed only if parking lamp is ON condition.

88..88..44 DDoooorr CCoouurrtteessyy LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The door ajar lamp is present in both front doors. The respectivedoor lamp illuminates when that particular door is open orimproperly locked.

The door ajar lamp illuminates even in the vehicle switched OFFcondition with the ignition key removed.

88..88..55 LLuuggggaaggee RRoooomm LLaammpp SSwwiittcchh

The luggage room lamp turns on when the tailgate opens, and itturns off when the tailgate closes.



Do not open the tailgate for an extended period of time whilethe luggage room lamp switch is pressed in with the enginestopped. The battery could be discharged.

88..99 MMiiccrroopphhoonnee

The microphone is located on the roof above driver side.

The microphone is used when talking on the phone.

The person you are speaking to can be heard from the frontspeakers.

To use the hands-free system, you must pair your Bluetooth®phone in the system.

88..1100 PPoowweerr OOuuttlleett ((1122VV))

The 12V power supply socket is provided for power take OFF.Electrical equipment/appliances like mobile phone charger,cigarette lighter, etc. can be used in the outlets.

The power sockets function only when the ignition is in ACC orON positions. It is recommended to use the power socketswhen the engine is ON to avoid battery drain.

The power outlet are located in the compartment below the centrebezel switch bank.



To avoid serious injury:

• Close the power outlet cap when not in use

• Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet

• When using electrical appliances, strictly follow themanufacturer's instruction manual

• Never use the power outlet for electric heaters whilesleeping

• Never insert foreign objects into the power outlet

• Never use malfunctioning electrical appliances

• Never insert inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into thepower outlet

Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet in anyway. Doing so may result in unexpected malfunction or fire,which could cause serious damage to equipment and/orpersonal injuries. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer forany necessary repairs.

To prevent injuries and accidents, secure all electricalappliances before use. Do not use any appliance that may:

• Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving

• Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling,falling or overheating

• Emit steam, while the windows of the passengercompartment are closed

• Use the power outlets only when the engine is running.Remove the plug from the power outlet after using theelectric device. Using the power outlets when the engine isOFF or leaving the electric device plugged in for many hoursmay cause the battery to drain

• Do not use the power outlet to connect electric accessoriesor equipment that are not designed to operate on 12V

• Some electronic devices can cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into the power outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio noise and may interfere with otherelectronic systems or devices in your vehicle



88..1111 AAUUXX aanndd UUSSBB PPoorrttss

The AUX and USB ports are provided on the centre switch bezelbelow the infotainment control.

AUX (A) / USB (B) can be used as an input to the music system.You can connect iPods, USB memory sticks, etc. as an input andlisten to the music through the vehicle speakers.

USB (C) can be used only for charging.

A AUX Jack B RH USB Port

CLH Charging USB Ports (ifequipped)

It is recommended to connect an input device only when thevehicle is stationary. Trying to connect an input device whiledriving may distract your attention and lead to accidents.

88..1122 EExxtteerriioorr LLaammppss

88..1122..11 LLiigghhttiinngg CCoonnttrrooll SSttaallkk

The lighting control stalk is located on the right hand side of thesteering wheel and is a part of the combination switch.

It controls operations of parking lamps, head lamps, head lampbeam selection, high beam flashing, front/rear fog lamps and turnsignals when the ignition switch is ON.

Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalkclockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to “O” on the switch toswitch OFF all lamps.



88..1122..22 TTuurrnn SSiiggnnaallss

A : Turn Signal - Left

B : Turn Signal - Right

TTaakkiinngg aa RRiigghhtt TTuurrnn ::

• Push the lighting control stalk clockwise to indicate a right turn.The instrument cluster arrow lamp pointing towards the rightflashes along with the right side turn signal lamps (front, rear &ORVM) with chime indicating your intention of turning towardsright

After you have completed your right turn, the stalk will automaticallyreturn to the neutral position switching OFF all the lamps.

TTaakkiinngg aa LLeefftt TTuurrnn ::

• Push the lighting control stalk anti-clockwise to indicate a leftturn. The instrument cluster arrow lamp pointing towards theleft flashes along with the left side turn signal lamps (front, rear& ORVM) with chime indicating your intention of turning towardsleft

• After you have completed your left turn, the stalk willautomatically return to the neutral position switching OFF all thelamps

If the turn signal lamps on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, there may be a possibility that one or more of theturn signal lamp bulbs have blown. Replace the blown bulbimmediately.

LLaannee cchhaannggiinngg::

To signal a lane change, move the light control stalk clockwise oranti-clockwise to the limit point of free movement of the lever andrelease. The turn signals will flash three times and stop.

The turn signals will continue flashing as long as the lighting controlstalk is held in the limit point of free movement.

88..1122..33 PPaarrkkiinngg LLaammpp OONN

Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalkclockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to the “1st detente”position on the switch to switch ON the parking lamps.



The tail lamp, license plate lamp, instrument panel illuminationlamps and all interior switches are also activated when theparking lamp is switched ON.

Park/Position Lamps will not be switched off automatically.User has to turn it off manually.

PPaarrkk LLaammpp WWaarrnniinngg BBuuzzzzeerr

When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is removedwith the park lamp ON, the buzzer will sound to alert you that thepark lamp is ON opened. The buzzer will automatically turn off whenclosing the door or park lamp is OFF. After this, the buzzer will notsound even though the door is opened again.

88..1122..44 HHeeaadd LLaammpp ““AAUUTTOO”” FFuunnccttiioonn

The auto light and rain sensor senses the ambient illuminationintensity to determine the timing for turning the head lamps and taillamps on or off automatically when the light switch is set to “AUTO”.

• Do not clean the sensor with detergent or wax

• On a foggy, snowy, rainy, or cloudy day, be sure to usemanual mode. The turning on or off time of the lamps variesdepending on the climate, season, or circumstances

• Any aftermarket tanning film or spray may cause the lightingsystem to malfunction

• Authorised Mahindra Dealer recommends you to use thisfunction restrictively only at sunrise or sunset



• Usually turn the head or tail lights on or off manually

• Turn on the headlamps when passing through a dark areasuch as a tunnel

• On a gloomy day, do not rely on this automatic function. Butturn the head or tail lights on or off manually

• When the switch is turned to the “AUTO” position, room, tail,and head lights might blink for a very short time. It is anormal phenomenon recognising the automatic setting

88..1122..55 HHeeaadd LLaammpp OONN

Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalkclockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to the “2nd detente”position on the switch to switch ON the head lamps.

88..1122..66 HHeeaadd LLaammpp LLooww//HHiigghh BBeeaamm

Switch ON the head lamp, and push the lighting control stalk down(away) from steering wheel to switch ON the head lamp high beamor lift/pull the lighting control stalk up towards the steering wheelto switch ON the head lamp low beam. In head lamp high beam, thehigh beam tell-tale lamp in the instrument cluster illuminatesindicating high beam option selected.

A : Low Beam

B : High Beam

88..1122..77 HHeeaadd LLaammpp FFllaasshh



Pull the lighting control stalk (from the head lamp low beamposition) towards the steering wheel to instantaneously flash thehead lamp high beam. The head lamp flash works only when thehead lamp is OFF or in low beam position.

88..1122..88 HHeeaadd LLaammpp LLeevveelllliinngg SSyysstteemm

When the vehicle is either fully or partially loaded, it may have anupward inclination disturbing the head lamp aiming. A correct headlamp setting provides good visibility to the driver with minimuminconvenience to other road users.

To properly aim the head lamp beam, use the head lamp levellingswitch. This switch is located on the right side of the steeringcolumn shroud in the instrument panel. This switch has fourpositions marked as 0, 1, 2 & 3.

SSwwiittcchh PPoossiittiioonn VVeehhiiccllee LLooaaddiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonn

0 Driver/Driver with Front Passenger

1 Driver + Front passenger + Second row occupied

2 All seats occupied

3All seats occupied with luggage OR Driver withluggage at extreme rear side

Select the suitable switch position depending on the pay load asadvised in the table.

The headlights can only be adjusted when the low beam isswitched ON.



88..1122..99 CCeennttrree SSwwiittcchh CClluusstteerr

Sl. No. Switches

A Tailgate and outside rearview mirror heated glass switch

B PAB OFF indicator*

C Rear seat belt indicator*

D Hazard warning flasher switch

E TRIP/RESET switch (LCD display switch)

F Steering Mode Control switch

* - if equipped

• When rear passenger buckles to seat belt, then indication will goOFF, otherwise it will be blink for 33 seconds

• When PAB switch in ON position, then Passenger airbag De-activation status will be OFF

88..1122..1100 RReeaarr DDeeffooggggiinngg

There are heating grids on the tailgate glass. Be careful not todamage the heating grids while cleaning inside of the tailgatewindow.

Do not coat the tailgate window with commercial anti-glare film.When the metal anti-glare film and two-tone anti-glare film isused, the sensitivity of the heating grids can be deteriorated.

If any transmitter or receiver is close to the antenna, it caninterfere with the communication of the antenna.

The heating element of the glass is activated only when theengine is running. When the glass heater switch is pressed, theheating elements of the rear windshield and outside rearviewmirrors are turned on simultaneously.

88..1122..1111 DDaayyttiimmee RRuunnnniinngg LLaammpp ((DDRRLL)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

TToo eennaabbllee DDRRLL::

• In daytime whenever the engine is in running condition and parkswitch is in OFF position, DRL is enabled



TToo ddiissaabbllee DDRRLL::

• Whenever the engine is in running condition and park lamp isON, DRL will get switch to park mode

If customer doesn’t want the DRL to be ON, he can disablethrough infotainment settings. Refer to Infotainment e-manual.

88..1122..1122 FFoogg LLaammppss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Fog lamps are to be used along with head lamp low beam, toimprove the vision during foggy and misty conditions.

88..1122..1133 FFrroonntt FFoogg LLaammppss OONN

To switch ON the front fog lamps, first switch ON the parking lamps,rotate the inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwisealigning the front fog lamp icon to the “arrow” on the inner fixedstalk as shown.

The front fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicates theoperation status.

The front fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicateseven if fog lamp is not fitted in the vehicle.

Fog lamps will turn ON only if parking lamp is ON.

88..1122..1144 FFoogg LLaammppss OOFFFF



Align the “O” of inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk tothe “arrow” mark on the inner fixed stalk as shown to switch OFFthe fog lamps.

88..1122..1155 RReeaarr FFoogg LLaammpp

To switch ON the rear fog lamps, first switch ON the parking lamps,rotate the inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwisealigning the rear fog lamp icon to the “arrow” on the inner fixedstalk as shown.

The rear fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicates theoperation status.

The rear fog lamps can be switched ON only along with thefront fog lamps.

88..1122..1166 FFoollllooww--MMee HHoommee ((FFMMHH)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

This feature helps the driver and passengers to easily get out of thevehicle during poor light conditions. The head lamp low beam isturned ON for about 20 secs. assisting the passengers to find theirway.

TToo aaccttiivvaattee FFMMHH::

• Switch OFF the parking lamps

• Remove the ignition key

• Press the RKE lock button 2 times

• Head lamp switch ON for 20 secs. unless cancelled by UNLOCKsignal

To extend the FMH feature further for 20 secs., press RKE LOCKbutton once. This FMH extension can be availed for maximum 3minutes from the first activation.

With FMH mode ON; First LOCK signal received from RKE will lockthe doors and subsequent LOCK signal is used to toggle the headlamp ON and OFF.

TToo ddeeaaccttiivvaattee FFMMHH::

• Switch ON the parking lamps

• Switch the ignition key to either ACC or ON in position

• Press the RKE unlock button once



• Head lamp switches ON for 20 secs. and switched OFFautomatically

With FMH mode ON, if UNLOCK signal is received twice from RKE;the feature gets deactivated and cannot be extended further. Also,the doors are unlocked and vehicle disarmed.

88..1122..1177 LLeeaadd MMee ttoo VVeehhiiccllee ((LLMMVV)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

LMV is the feature that will switch ON the head lamp for 20 secs.helping the passengers to reach the parked vehicle safely andcomfortably at night.

LLMMVV iiss aaccttiivvaatteedd::

• Pressing the unlock button on the RKE two times

LLMMVV iiss ddee--aaccttiivvaatteedd::

• Switch ON the parking lamps

• Switch the ignition key to either ACC or ON in position

• Press the RKE lock button once

• Head lamp switches ON for 20 secs. and switched OFFautomatically

To extend the LMV feature further for 20 secs., press RKEUNLOCK button once. This LMV extension can be availed formaximum 3 minutes from the first activation.

With LMV mode ON; First UNLOCK signal received from RKE willunlock the doors and subsequent UNLOCK signal is used to togglethe head lamp ON and OFF.

88..1122..1188 HHaazzaarrdd WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

The hazard warning lamp switch is located in the centre bezelswitch bank on the instrument panel.

To turn the hazard warning lamp ON, push the switch in. All the turnsignal lamps flash. The instrument cluster turn indicator lamps alsoflash indicating the same. To turn OFF, push the switch again.

Use the hazard warning lamp when your vehicle is stationary or towarn other road users to be cautious while passing your vehicle.



The turn lamps do not work when the hazard warning lampsare operational.

88..1122..1199 AAuuttoo HHaazzaarrdd WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

Hazard lamps are turned on automatically during bonnet open invehicle stationary condition.

Hazard lamps are turned on automatically for 10 seconds duringpanic braking condition to indicate oncoming traffic.

Hazard lamps are turned on automatically in case of an unfortunateevent of an accident where Airbags are deployed. In such ascenario, the hazard lamps will be on for 30 minutes or it can beturned off by operating Hazard switch (Off to On) or Ignition reset(Ignition Off and On)

88..1133 WWiinnddsshhiieelldd WWiippeerrss

88..1133..11 WWiippeerr CCoonnttrrooll SSttaallkk

A : Flick-Wipe (MIST)

B : Off

C : Intermittent (INT)/Auto

D : Low Speed (LO)

E : High Speed (HI)

88..1133..22 WWiippeerr OOffff

The wipe function is OFF when the wiper control stalk is in neutralposition (B).

88..1133..33 FFlliicckk--WWiippee ((MMiisstt))

Push the wipe control stalk to position (A) for a flick-wipe, hold tooperate the wipe continuously (simultaneously lift the wiper stalktowards the steering wheel to operate the wash). The stalkautomatically comes back to position (B) when released.



88..1133..44 IInntteerrmmiitttteenntt ((IINNTT))

Intermittent (INT) wiping is selected when the wipe control stalk ispushed down to position C. In the INT mode, the wiper operates onpreset intervals.

The delay between each wipe can be varied by rotating the wiperspeed intensity rotary switch (F).

88..1133..55 AAuuttoo MMooddee ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Auto mode wiping is selected when the wipe control stalk is pusheddown to position C. In the AUTO mode, the wiper operates based onrain intensity.

The delay between each wipe can be varied by rotating the wiperspeed intensity rotary switch (F).

When the ignition key is in the “ON” position, the wiper willautomatically operate once if the wiper switch is turned fromthe “OFF” to the “AUTO” position.

88..1133..66 LLooww SSppeeeedd WWiippiinngg

Push the wipe control stalk down to the position (D) to operate thewiper at a fixed low speed.

88..1133..77 HHiigghh SSppeeeedd WWiippiinngg

Push the wiper control stalk down to position (E) to operate thewiper at a fixed high speed.

The wipe/wash function can be activated only when the ignitionis in “ON” position.

88..1133..88 WWiippee//WWaasshh

Pull/Lift the wiper control stalk towards the steering wheel fromany position to activate wipe/wash function. Washer fluid fromfront washer reservoir is pumped and sprayed onto the windshield.The wipers wipe the windshield 3 times after the washer spray isstopped. Hold the stalk in position for continuous spray of washerfluid.



When wiper is in OFF or Intermittent mode:

After completion of the wipe/wash cycle, wipers return to theirbottom position.

If the wipers are in Intermittent mode and DWELL delay is lessthan or equal to 5 secs., then the wiper will continue in theIntermittent mode.

If the wipers are in Intermittent mode, and DWELL delay ismore than 5 secs., then a further single wipe will be performed5 secs. after the wash/wipe cycle. After the drip wipe (lastwipe), wiper returns to normal Intermittent wipe.

88..1133..99 AAUUTTOO WWaasshh ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

When Auto Washer switch is pressed once, Washer fluid fromfront washer reservoir is pumped and sprayed onto the windshieldfor 2 seconds. The wipers wipe the windshield 4 times

After that, again Washer fluid from front washer motor will turn ONfor 1.5 seconds and the wipers wipe the windshield 3 times

AUTO wash function will work only when the wiper switch is inOFF mode.

88..1133..1100 RReeaarr WWiippeerr--LLooww MMooddee



Rotate the outer rotary switch on the wiper control stalk to alignthe “arrow” on the stalk to the rear wipe “ON” position to operatethe rear wiper in low mode. In this mode, the wiper operates onpreset intervals of 6 seconds.

88..1133..1111 RReeaarr WWiippeerr--HHiigghh MMooddee

Rotate the outer rotary switch on the wiper control stalk to alignthe “arrow” on the stalk to the rear wipe “ON” position to operatethe rear wiper continuously .

88..1133..1122 RReeaarr WWaasshh

The rear windshield wash & wipe operates 3 to 4 times or as longas the stalk end is turned/rotated to the rear wash position.Wiping will continue for few secs. after releasing the stalk endswitch.

If you switch OFF the ignition before switching OFF the wiper,the blades stop at random on the windshield. Switch ON theignition and move wiper stalk to 'MIST' position to return thewipers to the park position, provided the wiper stalk is in OFFposition.



Using a windshield washer in freezing temperatures could bedangerous. The washer fluid could freeze on the windshield, andblock your vision resulting in an accident. If you operate yourvehicle in temperatures below 40 deg C, use washer fluid withanti-freeze protection.

• Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. It maylead to scratches on the glass

• It is recommended not to use the wiper when the windshieldglass is covered with debris, snow or leaves. Clean the glassbefore using the wiper to avoid damage to the wiper bladesand glass

• Do not operate the windshield washer for more than10 secs. or when the reservoir is empty

88..1133..1133 WWiinnddsshhiieelldd WWaasshheerr JJeett -- FFrroonntt && RReeaarr

There are two nozzles with triple adjustable washer jets in the front(on the bonnet). Using a pin, the eye ball jets can be adjustedprecisely for direction. Always direct the washer jet to hit the middleof the windshield. This will enable the wiper blade to wipe thecomplete width of the windshield.

In the rear, one nozzle with triple adjustable washer jets areprovided for the rear windshield wash. Adjust the nozzle to directthe washer jet to hit the middle of rear windshield using a pin. Rearwindshield washer fluid is supplied from front washer reservoirlocated in the Engine compartment.

88..1144 EEnnggiinnee SSttoopp//SSttaarrtt SSyysstteemm ((EESSSS))



88..1144..11 OOvveerrvviieeww ooff tthhee EESSSS SSyysstteemm

Engine Stop/Start system automatically “stops” and “starts” theengine when idle at signals or long traffic jams. This in turn gives a

better fuel efficiency. Engine Stop/Start system is activated by theEngine Stop/Start button in the central bezel switch bank. The LEDon the button indicates the status of the button.



88..1144..22 HHooww ddooeess tthhee EESSSS WWoorrkk??

Let’s take a simple example of driving in traffic conditions withinyour city. Assume that your vehicle has stopped at a traffic junctiondue to a red signal. The following steps illustrate how the systemfunctions:

• The vehicle has come to a halt at a traffic signal, is in the neutralgear and the clutch pedal is released

• The ‘ESS’ lamp in the cluster will blink indicating that the engineis going to stop shortly. The engine will shut down automaticallyafter a specific time period

• The ‘ESS’ lamp will illuminate in the instrument cluster indicatingthe engine was stopped by the ESS system

• Once the signal turns green, press the clutch pedal and theengine starts immediately

• The indicator in the cluster goes OFF indicating that the enginehas started again and you are ready to drive on

FFoorr aauuttoo ssttoopp ttoo hhaappppeenn,, tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg mmaajjoorr ccoonnddiittiioonnss aarree ttoo bbeemmeett::

• ESS system is activated using the selection switch

• Bonnet is fully closed

• Fuel and Engine coolant temperature should be within the limits

• In the current ignition cycle, the vehicle has crossed 2 kmph atleast once

• Current status of the engine is idling

• Vehicle speed is zero

• Accelerator pedal and clutch pedal are fully released

• Vehicle battery should be in healthy condition

• Engine is warm. This is an extra precaution to ensure safeworking of the engine

• Gear is in neutral

FFoorr aauuttoo ssttaarrtt ttoo hhaappppeenn,, tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg mmaajjoorr ccoonnddiittiioonnss aarree ttoo bbee::

• Vehicle should have been stopped by the ESS system

• Gear lever is in the neutral position

• Vehicle speed is zero

• ESS switch is in active mode

• Bonnet should be closed

• Clutch pedal is fully pressed (to restart)

ESS will be operational when the engine coolant temperaturereaches a minimum operating range.



88..1144..33 FFrreeqquueennttllyy AAsskkeedd QQuueessttiioonnss ((FFAAQQss))

1. What is the advantage of this system?

The ESS system aids in attaining better fuel efficiency of yourvehicle and thus reducing your running costs. However, themileage improvement will depend upon various parameterssuch as prevailing traffic, driving patterns, etc.

2. What are the other advantages of this system?

• Since the engine is switched off during traffic signals/jams,considerable amount of carbon dioxide release to theatmosphere is avoided. This reduces global warming andthus provides us with a sustainable planet to live in

• Ability to restart the engine by pressing the clutch pedal

• Reduces noise pollution at traffic signals

3. Is it possible to start the engine through the clutch pedal forthe first time?

No, the engine can be cranked only with the ignition key for thefirst time. If the engine is stopped automatically by the system,only then it is possible to start the engine through the clutch.

4. Whether the system will get activated as soon as the engine isstarted the first time with the ignition key?

The system will get activated only after the completion ofengine temperature dependent warm up period which mayextend up to 15 minutes. This is to ensure better performanceof the engine in terms of fuel economy and durability.

5. Are there any safety precautions to be followed?

Yes, when the engine is turned OFF at traffic signals/jams withheavy electrical loads like head lamp or AC switched ‘ON’. If theduration of such stops are long, it is recommended to keep theengine ‘ON’ and the ESS system in ‘OFF’ position.

6. What is to be done, if I don’t want the system to stop myengine at traffic signals/jams?

The system can be turned OFF by switching OFF the Stop/Start selection switch.

7. Whether the AC will function, if the engine is switched off?

No, the AC will not work. However, the blower will be inoperation when the ignition is ON.

8. What will happen if I keep the clutch continuously pressed attraffic signals/jams?

The system will not stop the engine if the clutch is continuouslypressed since it indicates the driver’s intention of moving thevehicle immediately.

9. When the battery charge is low, whether the engine will beswitched off?

If the battery charge drops below a certain level, the systemwill not stop the engine so as to preserve the battery fromfurther draining.

10. Whether I will be able to operate the engine with the normalignition key?



Yes, normal operation with the ignition key is always possible.

11. Whether the vehicle will start (or) stop in gear?

The vehicle will not start or stop automatically in gear toensure safety. It will do so only in the neutral position of thegear shift lever.

12. Whether the system will stop my engine in moving traffic?

No, the engine will be stopped only when the vehicle speed iszero continuously for more than 2 seconds.

13. Whether the audio system will be switched OFF, when theengine shuts down?

No, the audio system will not be switched OFF and you cancontinue to enjoy the music.

14. Whether the engine will re-crank whenever the clutch pedal ispressed?

No, when the engine is running, the starter motor will notattempt to re-crank.

15. If any component involved in the system fails, what will happen?

The system has a built-in diagnostic module which understandsthe failure and immediately goes to bypass mode, In the bypassmode the engine can be turned ON and OFF with ignition keyas usual.

16. Are there any indications to show that engine does not stopdue to poor battery charge state?

Yes, if all other conditions except battery charge are met, theESS lamp blinks faster for 7.5 seconds and the engine doesnot switch OFF.



99 IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR FFEEAATTUURREESS

WW88//WW88 ((OO)) WW44//WW66

A Tachometer G Odometer

B Tripmeter H Temperature Gauge

C Telltales I Steering Mode Control

D Gear Shift Indicator J TDMS*

E Speedometer K Door Alert

F Fuel Gauge * if equipped



99..11 TTaacchhoommeetteerr

Diesel Petrol

The tachometer indicates the real-time engine speed in thousandsof RPM (revolutions per minute). Each division is 500 RPM.Operating the engine at very high RPM may lead to excessiveengine wear and low fuel economy. Maintain steady engine speedbelow 2500 RPM and do not accelerate or decelerate abruptly.

Do not over-accelerate the engine during idling, this can causesevere engine damage and would be treated as abuse of theengine which is not covered by warranty.

99..22 SSppeeeeddoommeetteerr

The speedometer indicates the real-time road surface speed of thevehicle in kilometres per hour.

The vehicle speedometer is affected by size of the tyres used. Ifthe size of the tyres are changed from those fitted at thefactory, the speedometer might not display the correct roadsurface speed and distance travelled.



99..33 OOddoommeetteerr

The odometer records and displays the total distance travelled inkm. Odometer cannot be reset.

99..44 TTrriipp MMeetteerr

Select TRIP A / TRIP B in screen by pressing TTrriipp switch in centreconsole. Long press of set switch will reset trip information,average speed and driving time.

VVaarriiaannttssTTrriipp AA TTrriipp BB

MMiinn MMaaxx MMiinn MMaaxx

W4/W6 0 999.9 0 9999

W8/W8(O) 0 9999.9 0 9999.9

Trip meter has to be reset whenever battery is disconnecteddue to various reasons.

Else AAvveerraaggee SSppeeeedd and DDrriivviinngg TTiimmee may not match with tripvalue.

99..55 EEnnggiinnee CCoooollaanntt TTeemmppeerraattuurree GGaauuggee

The engine coolant temperature gauge functions only when theignition is switched ON. It indicates the instantaneous enginecoolant temperature. The coolant temperature varies with changesin weather, load on engine and driving pattern.

If gauges is showing 7 or more than 7 bars, it represents thatengine is overheating. This will also be notified through blinking orcontinuously ON Engine high temperature lamp.



Never remove the Degassing tank cap when the engine is hot.The engine coolant is under pressure and could splash on toskin/eyes causing severe burns. Wait for the engine to cooldown before adding coolant to the reservoir.

Do not continue driving the vehicle with an overheated engine.This will lead to damage of engine components and engineseizure.

99..66 FFuueell LLeevveell GGaauuggee

The fuel level gauge functions only when the ignition is switched ON.It gives the status of the fuel level in the fuel tank. F indicates thetank is full (42 litres), E indicates the tank is empty.

When the fuel level reaches the reserve, the last bar will bedisplayed and low fuel telltale will be ON (approx 8 litres). when thefuel tank is completely empty, last bar goes off from display and lowfuel telltale will be blinking . The amount of fuel required to fill thetank up may be less than the specified tank capacity, as a smallamount of reserve fuel always remains in the tank.

On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, thefuel level may fluctuate or the last bar may flash earlier than usual.Always check the fuel level when the vehicle is on level road. If thelast bar is still off and telltale is blinking even after filling sufficientfuel, contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

When all the bars in the display starts blinking/flashing,contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer at theearliest.



99..77 WW88//WW88((OO)) IInnssttrruummeenntt CClluusstteerr ssccrreeeenn ffllooww



99..88 WW44//WW66 iinnssttrruummeenntt cclluusstteerr ssccrreeeenn ffllooww



99..99 CClloocckk SSccrreeeennss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

In W4/W6, Select Clock in the screen by pressing TTrriipp switch onthe centre console.

SStteeppss ttoo sseett ttiimmee

1. Long press set switch to entering time setting. First digit will beblinking.

2. Short pressing “SET” will change the value one at the time. Longpress will change the value to zero.

3. Use trip switch to move to next digit.

For high end, Clock is in sync with infotainment. Any change ininfotainment will reflect on cluster.

99..1100 OOuuttssiiddee AAmmbbiieenntt TTeemmppeerraattuurree ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

This Screen shows the outside ambient temperature.

CChhaannggiinngg tthhee UUnniittss ((WW88//WW88((OO))))

Once you reach to OAT screen, Long Press the SET switch tochange the units. You can choose between degree Celsius anddegree Fahrenheit.

CChhaannggiinngg tthhee UUnniittss ((WW44//WW66))

1. Once you reach time and OAT screen, long press set switch toenter into setting mode. In setting mode, temperature will beblinking.

2. Press set switch to change units.



99..1111 DDrriivvee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

In Drive Information, Drive Time and Average Speed will getdisplayed in screen.

Select Drive Information in screen by pressing TTrriipp switch on thecentre console.

99..1111..11 DDrriivvee TTiimmee

Drive Duration is the elapsed time from the start of this trip cycle.

Once Drive Information is selected, Drive Duration is displayed onthe Screen.

99..1111..22 AAvveerraaggee SSppeeeedd ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Average Speed is calculated based on the total distance coveredand time taken from the start of this trip cycle.

This display can be selected by toggling TTrriipp switch on the centreconsole.



99..1122 GGeeaarr RReeccoommmmeennddaattiioonn

Gear information shows the actual gear in which user has to drivethe vehicle.

Based on the various parameters, it will also suggest to change thegear for better fuel economy with up/down recommendation.

DDiissppllaayyOOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonn

WW44//WW66 WW88//WW88((OO))

UP/DOWN arrowalong with numeralrecommends shiftingto that gear.

99..1133 FFuueell CCoommppuutteerr

In Fuel computer, Average Fuel Economy (AFE), Distance to Empty(DTE) and Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE) will get displayed inscreen.

Select Fuel computer in screen by pressing TTrriipp switch on thecentre console.

99..1133..11 AAvveerraaggee FFuueell EEffffiicciieennccyy ((AAFFEE))

Once Fuel computer is selected, Average Fuel Efficiency is displayedon the Screen.

AFE is calculated based on the Last AFE reset cycle.



99..1133..22 DDiissttaannccee ttoo EEmmppttyy ((DDTTEE))

Distance to Empty is the approximate distance that can be coveredwith the available fuel. This display can be selected by toggling TTrriippswitch on the centre console.

99..1133..33 IInnssttaannttaanneeoouuss FFuueell EEccoonnoommyy ((IIFFEE))

Instantaneous Fuel Economy is calculated based on your currentdriving pattern. More bars on display means vehicle is consumingless fuel, less number of bars implies it is consuming more fuel.

99..1144 DDiiggiittaall SSppeeeeddoo MMeetteerr ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Digital speedometer displays the speed of the vehicle numerically. Itprovides immersive experience by having option to switch off thelights of Speedometer and Tachometer.

TTuurrnniinngg tthhee lliigghhttss ooffff

Once you reach to Digital Speedometer screen, Long Press the SETswitch to turn the lights OFF. Long press the SET switch to turn ONthe lights again.



99..1155 CClluusstteerr SSeettttiinngg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

This allows you to change the settings related to cluster. Thisscreen also comes with a timeout. You have to stop vehicle forchanging the settings.

Some setting might not be available as per configuration of thevehicle

IInnssiiddee SSeettttiinngg MMeennuu

Long pressing the SET switch will take you inside the settingsoption. Here you can change illumination, mood ring colour for dayand night conditions, also you can enable or disable the welcomechime. Use trip switch to browse through options and set switch toenter sub menus.

CCoolloouurr SSeettttiinngg

• Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you find settings

• Long press SET switch to enter settings

• Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select coloursetting using set switch

In colour setting, you can choose from White, Red, Yellow, Sky blueand Blue colour for both day and night conditions.



IIlllluummiinnaattiioonn CCoonnttrrooll

Illumination control feature allows you to change the brightness ofthe Instrument cluster according to light and weather conditions. Itautomatically detects the day and night conditions according topark lamp input. Also you can customise the illumination setting sothat it doesn’t hurt your eyes.

It provides 6 level illumination control each for day and nightconditions.

The default brightness after the B+ power is supplied is level 5.

HHooww ttoo CChhaannggee IIlllluummiinnaattiioonn SSeettttiinngg ((WW44//WW66))

1. Once you reach the illumination setting screen, long press SETswitch to enter into setting mode.

2. Use SET switch to change brightness.

HHooww ttoo CChhaannggee IIlllluummiinnaattiioonn SSeettttiinngg ((WW88//WW88((OO))))

1. Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you findsettings.

2. Long press SET switch to enter settings.

3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select“Brightness” option using SET Switch.

4. Adjust the Brightness level using SET Switch.

OOvveerr ssppeeeedd FFllaasshh ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

When the vehicle speed is higher than the speed configured, themood ring flashes. Flashing of the mood ring can be turned OFF/ON using this setting.





3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select “Overspeed Flash” option using SET Switch.

4. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select desiredoption using SET Switch.

Over speed flash (if equipped) – Be safe than waiting for thewarning to come, someone’s wait might get longer

WWeellccoommee CChhiimmee

Welcome chime can be enabled/disabled using this setting. If thebox is checked means welcome chime is enabled else disabled.



3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Turn ON/OFF“Welcome Chime” option using SET Switch.

99..1166 MMoooodd LLiigghhttiinngg ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

FFoorr WW88//WW88 ((OO)) TTyyppee

Mood lighting is especially designed to enhance your drivingexperience. It allows to customise the colour of the inner ring as peryour mood.(refer section colour setting for changing colour of moodring)

This ring will also notify you when you are over-speeding (ifequipped). Colour of the ring will change to red.



99..1177 VVeehhiiccllee CCoonnddiittiioonn RReellaatteedd WWaarrnniinngg ((WW88//WW88 ((OO))oonnllyy))

Following are the warning information available:

DDiissppllaayy OOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonnss

This message is displayed when the enginecheck warning lamp is turned ON and enginehas been running.

When the engine oil pressure warning light isON and engine has been running.

This message comes on when the ESP systemis faulty, and engine has been running.

This message comes when cruise mode isturned ON manually using switch.


This message comes when cruise mode isturned OFF manually using switch.

This message comes when ECO mode isturned ON.

This message comes when ECO mode isturned OFF.

This message comes when brake fluid level islow and engine has been running.

This message comes when vehicle has crossedscheduled service limit.




This message comes on when the tail lampsare ON with the ignition in the "OFF" state.

This message comes when passenger airbagswitch has been turned OFF.

This message comes when fuel level warninglamp is ON or Blinking and engine has beenrunning.

This message comes when either of driver orpassenger (if occupied) seatbelt is unbuckled.

This message comes when enginetemperature high telltale is ON and engine hasbeen running. Indicates that enginetemperature is high.


This message comes when water is detectedin fuel filter and engine has been running. It isapplicable for diesel variants only.

This message comes when you are drivingvehicle above configured high speedparameter.

This message comes when you try to move thevehicle when park brake is still engaged.

This message comes when you try to changesettings while driving the vehicle (i.e., vehiclespeed is greater than 2kmph). This messagecomes with a timeout of 5 secs, after that isgoes to TRIP A screen through settingsscreen.



99..1177..11 WWeellccoommee aanndd GGoooodd BByyee SSccrreeeennss

DDiissppllaayy OOppeerraattiinngg ccoonnddiittiioonnss RReemmaarrkkss

PPrree--WWEELLCCOOMMEE ssoouunndd::

When the driver's door is opened after the theftdeterrent mode is deactivated

WWEELLCCOOMMEE ssoouunndd wwiitthh llooggoo aanndd mmuullttiiccoolloorreeddlliigghhtt iinn mmoooodd rriinngg::

When the open driver's door is closed after thetheft deterrent mode is deactivated.

WWhheenn tthhee iiggnniittiioonn iiss ttuurrnneedd oonn wwhhiillee[[WWEELLCCOOMMEE]] iiss ddiissppllaayyeedd..

- WELCOME sound with logo is activated for thetime remaining.

- The screen is changed to System Check screenwhen the ignition is turned on.

When the ignition is turned off. Goodbye comeswith animation.

Performs system check once for 3 secondswhen the ignition is turned on.



99..1188 TTyyrree DDiirreeccttiioonn MMoonniittoorriinngg SSyysstteemm ((TTDDMMSS))

Tyre direction monitoring system or TDMS assists you when vehicle has just started and you are about to move the vehicle. It tells you aboutthe current direction in which tyres are aligned at very beginning of manoeuvring the vehicle. TDMS works only when vehicle speed is zero andparking brake engaged or when vehicle speed is zero and vehicle is in neutral and clutch is not engaged.

WW44//WW66 WW88//WW88((OO)) OOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonnss

Tyre alignment is displayed in 6 levels (level 0to level 5) depending on the alignmentdegree when the ignition switch is turned to"ON" position from "OFF" position

Working conditions:

1. When vehicle speed is zero and parkingbrake engaged.

2. When vehicle speed is zero and vehicle isin neutral and clutch is not engaged.



99..1199 SStteeeerriinngg MMooddee CCoonnttrrooll AAlleerrttss

MMooddeeDDiissppllaayy

OOppeerraattiinngg ccoonnddiittiioonnssWW44//WW66 WW88//WW88 ((OO))

Comfort

Warning indicates that current steeringmode is set to Comfort. This warning istriggered when user press the SteeringMode Control switch on the centerconsole.

Normal

Warning indicates that current steeringmode is set to Normal. This warning istriggered when user press the SteeringMode Control switch on the centerconsole.

Sport

Warning indicates that current steeringmode is set to Sport. This warning istriggered when user press the SteeringMode Control switch on the centerconsole.



99..2200 SSmmaarrtt KKeeyy AAlleerrttss

Refer PKE section of the owner’s manual

99..2211 SStteeeerriinngg LLoocckk AAlleerrttss ((ffoorr WW88//WW88 ((OO)) oonnllyy))

OOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonnss

This is a temporary malfunction of ESCL andthe message is displayed if the vehicle needs tobe attempted to start while turning the steeringwheel.

This is a temporary malfunction of ESCL andthe message is displayed if the steering columnis not locked.

OOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonnss

The message is displayed if the system check-up is required since the ESCL system ismalfunctioning.

The message is displayed if ESCL codingcheckup is required. (Corresponding signaltransmitted, with no coding between SKM andESCL)



99..2222 DDoooorr OOppeenn AAlleerrttss

DDiissppllaayyOOppeerraattiinngg CCoonnddiittiioonnss

WW44//WW66 WW88//WW88((OO))

Passenger door open

High: with animation

Low: No animation

Driver door open


Low: No animation

Hood Open

High/Low: Blinking

Rear door (LH) open


Low: No animation



Rear door (RH) open


Low: No animation

Tailgate open

High/Low: Blinking

—This message comes on when the sunroof is open with the ignition in the

"OFF" position. Warning comes with chime.

99..2233 FFuunnccttiioonnaall SSaaffeettyy AAlleerrtt

WW44//WW66 WW88//WW88((OO))

Instrument cluster shall monitor some of the internal parameters and if misbehaviorfound it will enable “Contact Dealer” alert.

Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately when “Contact Dealer” alertdisplayed in cluster.

For W4/W6 Alert will be displayed for 1 mins

For W8/W8 (O) Alert will be displayed for 5 secs



99..2244 WWaarrnniinngg // TTeellll--ttaallee LLaammppss iinn tthhee IInnssttrruummeenntt CClluusstteerr



1 Left Turn Indicator 15 ESP System Warning Lamp*

2 Right Turn Indicator 16 Front Fog Lamp Indicator*

3 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator* 17 Engine Stop/Start Lamp*

4 Cruise Control Indicator* 18 Tiretronics*

5 Water-in-Fuel warning Lamp* 19 Seat Belt Warning Lamp

6 Immobiliser 20 Glow Plug Indicator*

7 ABS Warning Lamp 21 Head Lamp High Beam Lamp

8 Parking Brake ON/Brake Fluid Low Warning Lamp 22 OBD Check Lamp

9 Parking Lamp 23 EPS System Warning Lamp*

10 Airbag Warning Lamp* 24 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

11 HHC malfunction* 25 Check Engine Lamp

12 Door Ajar Warning Lamp 26 Battery Charging System Warning Lamp

13 Low Fuel Warning Lamp 27 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp

14 ESP OFF Lamp*

*if equipped



99..2255 WWaarrnniinngg LLaammppss iinn tthhee IInnssttrruummeenntt CClluusstteerr

99..2255..11 TTuurrnn LLaammppss

The turn lamp arrows in the instrument cluster flashshowing the direction indicated by the turn signals. Asudden increase in the rate of flashing indicates

failure of one or more of the lamp bulbs. Have them replaced assoon as possible.

99..2255..22 RReeaarr FFoogg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The rear fog lamp telltale indicates the status of therear fog lamp. The rear fog lamp can be switched ONonly when the front fog lamp is ON.

99..2255..33 CCrruuiissee IInnddiiccaattoorr ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The cruise control lamp illuminates when the ignitionis switched ON and goes off in about 3secs.indicating normal status. The lamp blinks if the

accelerator is depressed, while in cruise mode.

When SET+ button in the steering wheel is pressed, cruise controlis activated and the lamp illuminates indicating the vehicle is incruise mode.

When CRUISE OFF button in the steering wheel is pressed, thecruise mode is deactivated and the lamp goes OFF indicating thatthe vehicle is not in cruise mode.

If the lamp does not illuminate when the vehicle is in cruise mode ordoes not go OFF when the vehicle is out of cruise mode, there is apossible malfunction in the lamp or the cruise control system. Havethe vehicle checked by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

99..2255..44 WWaatteerr--iinn--FFuueell WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The water-in-Fuel warning lamp illuminates when theignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3secs. The lamp illuminates when the accumulation of

water in the fuel filter reaches the maximum permissible limit. Thefuel filter needs to be drained. Contact an Authorised MahindraDealer.

Do not continue driving the vehicle with the Water-in-FuelWarning Lamp ON. This may result in fuel pump / other fuelsystem component damage, which will not be covered by thelimited warranty.



99..2255..55 IImmmmoobbiilliisseerr

Immobiliser Lamp flashes intermittently (few secs.frequency) once the ignition is switched OFF and thevehicle security system is armed (when locked using

the RKE).

Fast blinking indicates a malfunction in the engine immobilisersystem. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

99..2255..66 AAnnttii--LLoocckk BBrraakkee SSyysstteemm ((AABBSS)) MMaallffuunnccttiioonn LLaammpp((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The ABS malfunction lamp illuminates when theignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3secs. If the ABS malfunction lamp continues to

remain ON or illuminates while driving (and the brake systemwarning lamp is OFF), ABS will not operate. But the brake systemwill still operate conventionally. In this condition, the wheels can lockduring severe braking. Have the vehicle checked by an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

However, if ABS malfunction lamp and brake warning lamp aresimultaneously glowing, there is a severe malfunction in the ABS.Operate the vehicle with extreme care and have the vehicle checkedas soon as possible at an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

99..2255..77 PPaarrkkiinngg BBrraakkee LLaammpp

The Parking Brake lamp illuminates when the ignitionis switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. Thelamp illuminates when Parking brake is engaged or

when brake fluid level is low or there is malfunction in EBD. If thelamp illuminates while driving, do the following:

• Check if the parking brake is engaged. If yes, disengage it

• Check if brake fluid level is low. If yes, top-up brake fluid to therequired level

Clean the top of the brake fluid reservoir before removing thecap. Make sure no dirt, impurities or other items fall into thereservoir. Do not leave the cap off for more than a few minutes.Any contaminants, impurities or moisture in the brake fluid canaffect brake operation, resulting in an accident.

If the brake warning lamp comes ON while driving, the brakesystem might not be working properly. The pedal might beharder to operate or might go closer to the floor and it cantake longer to stop. Pull off the road carefully and stop thevehicle. Have the vehicle towed to the nearest AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for checks or repairs.



Driving the vehicle with the brake warning lamp ON or when yoususpect brake trouble is very dangerous and could result inserious injuries. Have your vehicle towed to an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer.

99..2255..88 PPaarrkk LLaammpp

The Park lamp indicator illuminates whenever parklamp is switched ON through Combination switch.During ignition OFF, if park lamp is ON with driver

door open, buzzer alert will be audible.

99..2255..99 AAiirrbbaagg WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The airbag warning lamp in the instrument clusterilluminates when the ignition is switched ON and telltale goes off in 3 secs. irrespective of engine

condition. If the lamp remains ON continuously or flashintermittently, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

Following conditions indicate airbag malfunction:

• Lamp fails to go OFF after engine is started

• Lamp does not illuminate at all

• Illuminates while driving

Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately when theairbag warning lamp indicates a system malfunction. The airbagmay not deploy when needed, which could result in serious or fatalinjury, or it might deploy unexpectedly or unnecessarily, which mayresult in personal injury.

99..2255..1100 HHHHCC mmaallffuunnccttiioonn ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

HHC Malfunction Lamp turn ON if there is anymalfunction in hill hold control system of the vehicle.

99..2255..1111 DDoooorr AAjjaarr WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

The door ajar warning lamp illuminates when any ofthe doors including the hood and back door are openduring ignition ON. The buzzer chimes when the

vehicle speed more than 2 kmph. The lamp and chime goes OFFwhen all the doors are closed properly.

99..2255..1122 LLooww FFuueell WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

When the fuel level in the fuel tank falls below thereserve limit, the low fuel warning lamp is illuminated.Refuel sufficiently and the lamp goes out. If the lamp

continues to remain ON even after refuelling, contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer.



99..2255..1133 EESSPP OOFFFF LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The ESP OFF lamp lluminates when the ignition isswitched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. TheESP OFF lamp illuminates when the ESP has been

switched OFF manually.

99..2255..1144 EESSPP SSyysstteemmWWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The ESP system warning lamp illuminates when theignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3secs. While driving, if the ESC system warning lamp

blinks, it indicates that ESP has taken control of the vehicle stability.If the lamp remains ON, it indicates the malfunction in the ESPSystem. Contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

99..2255..1155 FFrroonntt FFoogg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The front fog lamp telltale indicates the status of thefront fog lamp. The front fog lamp can be switchedON only when the parking lamp is ON.

Fog lamp will turn ON, if fitted in the vehicle.

99..2255..1166 EEnnggiinnee SSttoopp//SSttaarrtt LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The engine Stop/Start lamp illuminates when theignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3secs. The Engine Stop/Start lamp flashes when the

vehicle/engine is about to stop through the Engine Stop/ StartSystem. The lamp illuminates continuously when the vehicle/enginehas been switched OFF by the Engine Stop/Start System. Onrestarting the vehicle / engine again by using the clutch/key, thelamp goes out.

99..2255..1177 TTiirreettrroonniiccss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The Tiretronics lamp illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON and goes OFF after about 3 seconds.

SSyysstteemm MMaallffuunnccttiioonn: Tiretronics lamp Blink forapprox. 90 sec & then Continuous ON.

SSyysstteemmWWaarrnniinnggss: Tiretronics lamp Continuous ON.

SSyysstteemm mmaallffuunnccttiioonn: System fail to function normally dueto system failure/Sensor failure.SSyysstteemm WWaarrnniinngg : indicated Low/High Tire pressure, HighTemperature, Air Leakage.

START

STOPA



99..2255..1188 SSeeaatt BBeelltt WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

The seat belt warning lamp illuminates and thebuzzer chimes reminding the driver/co-driver tofasten the seat belt when the ignition is ON. The lamp

will continue to illuminate till the driver/co-driver fastens the seatbelt properly.

99..2255..1199 GGllooww PPlluugg IInnddiiccaattoorr ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Glow plug indicator illuminates when the ignition isturned ON and Glow plug is activated. It automaticallygoes OFF when the glow plug reaches the required

temperature. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer if the glowplug lamp does not illuminate with ignition ON or illuminates whiledriving.

99..2255..2200 HHeeaadd LLaammpp // HHiigghh BBeeaamm LLaammpp

The head lamp high beam telltale illuminateswhenever the head lamps are switched ON to highbeam or when the head lamp flash is used.

99..2255..2211 OOBBDD CChheecckk LLaammpp

The OBD check lamp illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON and remains ON till the engine isstarted indicating normal status. If the lamp remains

ON, it indicates a potential malfunction.

There may be a malfunction in:

• The fuel management system

• The emission control system

• Systems which affect emissions

Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions. Contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

99..2255..2222 EEPPSS WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The EPS warning lamp illuminates when the ignitionis switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. Thelamp Indicates malfunction on Electric Power

steering system. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealerimmediately.

When EPS is failed. vehicle can still be driven with increase insteering effort.



99..2255..2233 LLooww EEnnggiinnee OOiill PPrreessssuurree WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

The low engine oil pressure warning lamp illuminateswhen the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF whenthe engine is started. If the lamp remains ON even

after starting the engine, or illuminates while driving, stopimmediately, check the oil level after 2-3 minutes. If low, add engineoil to the “MAX” level and check status. If problem persists, contactan Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

Operating the vehicle with the low oil pressure warning lampON could cause sudden unexpected engine failure and loss ofvehicle control, resulting in an accident and/or seriouspersonal injury.

Do not run the engine with low oil pressure warning indicatorON. This may result in engine damage, which will not be coveredby the limited warranty.

99..2255..2244 CChheecckk EEnnggiinnee LLaammpp

The check engine lamp illuminates when the ignitionis switched ON and goes out in 3 secs. indicatingnormal status. The lamp blinks or illuminates

continuously if there is a fault in the engine management system.

Switch OFF the engine immediately. Contact the nearest AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for necessary repairs.

99..2255..2255 BBaatttteerryy CChhaarrggiinngg SSyysstteemmWWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

The battery charging system warning lampilluminates when the battery is not being charged orwhen there is a malfunction in the alternator.

This lamp illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and goes outas soon as the engine is started. If the lamp continues to remainON even after starting the engine, it is an indication that the batteryis not being charged or there is a malfunction in the alternator.Check the alternator drive belt for looseness/breakage. If the drivebelt is okay, switch OFF all unnecessary electrical equipment andrecheck. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for furtherassistance.

99..2255..2266 HHiigghh EEnnggiinnee CCoooollaanntt TTeemmppeerraattuurree WWaarrnniinnggLLaammpp

FFoorr DDiieesseell

The high engine coolant temperature warning lampflashes when the coolant temperature is above

110ºC. It starts to flash when the temperature reaches 110ºC andwill be continuously ON with buzzer alert when the temperaturereaches 114ºC.

ENGINE !



FFoorr PPeettrrooll

The high engine coolant temperature warning lamp flashes whenthe coolant temperature is above 111ºC. It starts to flash when thetemperature reaches 111ºC and will be continuously ON withbuzzer alert when the temperature reaches 113ºC.

The bars in the temperature gauge also flash in the samefrequency as the high temperature warning lamp when the aboveset temperature thresholds are reached.

Do not continue driving the vehicle with an overheated engine.This may result in engine damage, which will not be covered bythe limited warranty.



1100 PPAARRKKIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

1100..11 FFrroonntt//RReeaarr OObbssttaaccllee DDeetteeccttiioonn SSyysstteemm ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

PPAARRKKIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM


1100..22 PPaarrkkiinngg AAssssiissttaannccee SSyysstteemm ((PPAASS)) –– RRPPAASS && FFPPAASS((IIff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Parking assistance system is provided to aid the driver whileparking the vehicle in reverse and in front. While Parking, PAS willdetect the obstacles at the rear and front side of the vehicle withinthe sensing zone, which cannot be viewed through the internal rear-view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors and windshield. ThePAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound and display about thelocation of the detected obstacle from the vehicle. The alert soundlevel will vary proportional to the distance. Smaller the distanceshorter the interval between the beeps.

1100..22..11 PPaarrkkiinngg AAssssiissttaannccee SSyysstteemm SSeennssoorrss

FFrroonntt SSeennssoorr LLooccaattiioonn RReeaarr SSeennssoorr LLooccaattiioonn

Four PAS sensors are located in the rear bumper and two sensorsare located in front Bumper to assist driver for hassle free parking

RPAS and FPAS will give proper alerts at vehicle speed lessthan 8kmph.

Always keep the sensors clean and free from ice formation,dust, water etc. for proper working of the system.

Do not press or shock the sensors by hitting or using a high-pressure water gun while washing. The sensors could bedamaged.

Magnetic devices present in the detection range could vastlyaffect the sensor performance and the distance displayed maynot be accurate.

1100..22..22 DDrriivviinngg aanndd OOppeerraattiioonn

• PAS is an aiding system. Under no circumstances mahindrawill accept any responsibility or can be held liable for anydirect or indirect, incidental or consequential damagecaused by this system

• System will not sense pot holes, trenches or drainageswhich are below the ground level



• Repainting of the sensor will affect the performance of thesystem

AAccttiivvaattiioonn && DDee--aaccttiivvaattiioonn ooff PPAASS

• The Vehicle should be in IIGGNN OONN state to activate the Parkingassistance system

• RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear engagedand Hand Brake is disengaged

• RPAS will get deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged orHand Break is engaged

• FPAS will be activated automatically when Vehicle speed is inbetween 1 to 8 kmph and hand break is dis engaged or Clutch ispressed, Hand break is disengaged and vehicle is standstill

• FPAS will get deactivated when vehicle speed is more than8kmph or hand brake is engaged

• When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the systemstarts giving the indication based on the distance and directionof the obstacles as defined in the detecting zones. The closer theobstacles, more display bars illuminated & beeps alerts

1100..33 PPAASS ((RRPPAASS && FFPPAASS)) IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn IInnssttrruummeennttCClluusstteerr SSccrreeeenn

RRPPAASS ddiissppllaayy oonn iinnssttrruummeenntt cclluusstteerr ssccrreeeenn ggiivveess tthhee ffoolllloowwiinnggiinnffoorrmmaattiioonn::

• Left Corner zone indicates obstacle on left side

• Center zone indicates obstacle on center side

• Right Corner zone indicates obstacle on right side

3 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle rearbumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and 3rd bar aloneindicate being distant.

Centre sensor coverage range is more than corner sensorcoverage for RPAS.



FFPPAASS ddiissppllaayy oonn iinnssttrruummeenntt cclluusstteerr ssccrreeeenn ggiivveess tthhee ffoolllloowwiinnggiinnffoorrmmaattiioonn::


• Right Corner Zone indicates obstacle on the right side

2 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle frontbumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and 2nd bar aloneindicate being distant.

1100..44 OOppeerraattiioonn ooff PPAASS

1. Start the vehicle.

2. Change the gear to Reverse (engage reverse gear) and Disengage Hand brake. RPAS & FPAS will be displayed as likebelow in Instrument Cluster.The RPAS & FPAS both will be displayed as like below in theinstrument cluster screen during obstacle detection.

3. For FPAS alone, disengage Hand brake and drive the vehicleforward with speed limit within 1 to 8kmph

FPAS will be displayed as like below in the instrument clusterscreen during obstacle detection.

4. Display bars in the respective direction will glow according toobstacles in its path.



5. The Beep sound can be heard from the Cluster speaker.Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle detected bysensor is closer (crossing each display bar) and the soundwill be continuous if any of the obstacle is near the vehicle.

6. FPAS warning sound can be disabled using PAS Switch,available on IP. PAS switch LED will not glow when FPASsound is in active state and will be in ON state when PASsound deactivated.

1100..55 PPaayy AAtttteennttiioonn

1. If bars in any one of the sides are displayed with ‘?’ marksand “PAS ERROR” is displayed on instrumental clusterdisplay, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

2. If all bars are displayed with ‘?’ marks and “PAS ERROR” isdisplayed on instrumental cluster display, contact anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer.



3. Obstacle in the blind zone cannot be sensed by the system.Applicable for all sensors.

4. Please check the condition of the obstacle behind and infront of your vehicle before moving. In some cases, thedisplay may be not as same as reality due to the installedsensor level, obstacle shape and reflection condition.

5. Point B will be detected sooner or later, but A may not bedetected at all. Applicable for all sensors.

6. Not all obstacles are detected from 120 cm. For instance, aperson is detected from 75 cm because of the weakreflection or absorption of the waves of the clothes.



7. The distance indication may move up and down due todifferent sizes of the obstacle at different positions.

8. Though the obstacle is in the sensing zone, obstacle may notbe detected since the ultrasonic waves are not reflectedback to the sensor.

9. The obstacle of a conical shape may not be detected, sincethe ultrasonic waves get reflected away

1100..66 LLiimmiittaattiioonnss ooff PPAASS

• System may not sense obstacles like wire mesh, handrail, smallobjects which are below the bumper level

• System may not sense obstacles with cotton or spongy surface,which will absorb ultrasonic waves emitted by PAS

• System performance is dependent on the reflection angle of theobstacle

• System may give false alert without obstacles while parking/reversing the vehicle on grasslands, gravels and bumpy roadsconsidering it to be an obstacle

• System may alert you by sensing the ground when the bumper isnot fitted in its intended position or when the vehicle isoverloaded



• System may give false signal while the vehicle moves from plainground to a slope terrain and vice versa

• System may give false signal by sensing the ground when thebumper is tilted more from the normal position or when thevehicle is heavily overloaded

• System may give false signal an alarm during heavy rain, snowand heavy wind conditions

• The shape of the obstacle may prevent a sensor from detectingit. Some obstacles for example as follows:

– Sharply-angled objects

– Tall or curved curb

– Low obstacles (with height of 40 cm above ground level)

– Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in thedirection of the vehicle

• Depending upon the shape of the obstacle and otherenvironmental factors, the detection distance may shorten ordetection may be impossible

• Obstacles may not be detected if they are too close to thesensor

• Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detectedwhen approached, even if they have been detected once

• Because of other ultrasonic sources, sensor may give falsealarm for e. g., sweeping machines, high pressure steamcleaners and neon lights

• Due to vehicle horns, motorcycle engines, air brakes of largevehicles, or other loud noises producing ultrasonic waves, thevicinity of the vehicle is noisy. It may cause sensor to give falsealarm

1100..77 RReevveerrssee PPaarrkkiinngg AAssssiissttaannccee SSyysstteemm ((RRPPAASS)) –– TTyyppee11((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Reverse parking assistance system is provided to aid the driverwhile parking the vehicle in reverse at a speed of less than 8kmph.While reversing, RPAS will detect the obstacles at the rear side ofthe vehicle within the sensing zone, which cannot be viewed throughthe internal rear-view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors. TheRPAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound and display aboutthe location of the detected obstacle. The alert sound level will varyproportional to the distance. Smaller the distance shorter theinterval between the beeps.

AAccttiivvaattiioonn && ddee--aaccttiivvaattiioonn ooff RRPPAASS


• RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear isengaged and Hand Brake is disengaged



• RPAS will be deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged orHand Break is engaged.

• When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the systemstarts giving the indication based on the distance and directionof the obstacles as defined in the detecting zones. The closer theobstacles, more display bars illuminated & beeps alerts.

RRPPAASS ddiissppllaayy oonn iinnssttrruummeenntt cclluusstteerr ssccrreeeenn ggiivveess tthhee ffoolllloowwiinnggiinnffoorrmmaattiioonn::


• Center zone indicates obstacle on center side

• Right Corner zone indicates obstacle on right side

3 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle rearbumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and bar 3rd baralone being distant.

Centre sensor coverage range is more than corner sensorcoverage.

1100..77..11 OOppeerraattiioonn ooff RRPPAASS


2. Change the gear from neutral to reverse and disengage theHand Break for RPAS information on Instrument clusterscreen.

The RPAS will be displayed as like below in the instrumentcluster screen during obstacle detection.

3. Start moving the vehicle in reverse direction



4. Display bars in the respective direction will glow according toobstacles in its path.

5. The Beep sound can be heard from the driver side speaker.Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle comes closer(crossing each display bar) and the sound will be continuousif any of the obstacle is less than 50 cm.

1100..88 RReevveerrssee PPaarrkkiinngg AAssssiissttaannccee SSyysstteemm ((RRPPAASS)) -- TTyyppee--22 ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Reverse parking assistance system is provided to aid the driverwhile parking the vehicle in reverse at a speed of less than 5kmph.While reversing, RPAS will detect the obstacles at the rear side ofthe vehicle within the sensing zone, which cannot be viewed throughthe internal rear-view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors. TheRPAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound about the location ofthe detected obstacle. The alert sound level will vary proportional tothe distance. Smaller the distance shorter the interval between thebeeps.

AAccttiivvaattiioonn && ddee--aaccttiivvaattiioonn ooff RRPPAASS


• RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear isengaged and Hand Brake is disengaged

• RPAS will be deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged orHand Break is engaged

• When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the systemstarts giving the alert beeps. Closer the obstacles, higher thefrequency of the alert beeps and when obstacle is very near tothe vehicle, alert beeps will be continuous

The frequency of RPAS Alert beeps will increase as the obstaclecomes closer to the vehicle and when the obstacle comes veryclose to the vehicle the alert beeps will become continuous



OOppeerraattiioonn ooff RRPPAASS


2. Change the gear from neutral to reverse and disengage theHand Break for RPAS alert beeps.

3. Start moving the vehicle in reverse direction.

4. The alert beeps will become more rapid as the vehicleapproaches the obstacle.

5. The Beep sound can be heard from the driver side speaker.Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle comes closer(crossing each display bar) and the sound will be continuousif any of the obstacle is less than 50 cm.

PPaayy AAtttteennttiioonn::If Instrument Cluster gives 3 continuous beep alert tone wheneverreverse gear engaged, Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

RPAS is an aiding system. Under no circumstances willMahindra accept any responsibility or can be held liable for anydirect or indirect, incidental or consequential damage causedby this system



1111 RREEAARR VVIIEEWW CCAAMMEERRAA ((RRVVCC)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Rear View Camera is located under tail gate applique.

Rear View Camera assists the driver while reversing &manoeuvring the Car at lower speeds. It has the following features:

• Wider Rear View

• Zoom-In View

• Dynamic Guidelines

• Parking Assistance with Voice and Text Guidance [Parallel &Perpendicular Parking]

1111..11 FFeeaattuurree DDeessccrriippttiioonn

1111..11..11 WWiiddeerr RReeaarr VViieeww

Rear view camera (RVC) provides a wide 130 Deg Horizontal Viewand 105 Deg Vertical View.

It overcomes limitation of IRVM, where ground is visible only after adistance from vehicle rear. Whereas with the RVC, the ground willbe visible right after 15 cm to 30 cm from Vehicle’s Rear

RREEAARR VVIIEEWW CCAAMMEERRAA ((RRVVCC)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))


1111..11..22 ZZoooomm--IInn VViieeww

Press Zoom-In button to view objects closer and press Zoom-Outbutton to go back to the normal parking.

1111..11..33 DDyynnaammiicc GGuuiiddeelliinneess

DDyynnaammiicc GGuuiiddeelliinneess indicate path, the vehicle will traverse withcurrent steering position.

This will help the driver in adjusting the steering, towards hitting anyobstacles.

Colour coding on the dynamic lines help in assessing the distance ofobstacle from the vehicles’ rear. In the RVC Video, if Red colouredsection of Dynamic Line falls on a object, then the Object is within 1metre distance from the vehicle’s rear. Likewise, Yellow indicates 1-2 mts, Green indicates 2-5 mts.



1111..11..44 PPaarrkkiinngg AAssssiissttaannccee wwiitthh VVooiiccee aanndd TTeexxtt GGuuiiddaannccee

The feature assists the driver for parking the vehicle in targetparking Slot. The feature provides, assistance for Parallel andAngular parking. It assists driver during parking, through visualoverlays as well as voice and text guidance.

NNoorrmmaall PPaarrkkiinngg

Unless the user select the angle or parallel Parking buttons oninfotainment then by default, the system will provide Dynamicguideline for parking assistance to the driver.

AAnnggllee PPaarrkkiinngg

Angle parking assistance guides the driver to park the vehicle in aparking slot perpendicular to the vehicle. Below are the steps toachieve Angle parking.

1. Choose angle Parking button present on infotainment screen.

Drive ahead of the parking slot, until it is fully visible. Now selectangle parking button. After selection, Infotainment display’sbelow screen:



2. Setting the steering angle

Based on the side user prefers to park, either blue or greenarc needs to be taken in to consideration Drive the vehicle,either forward / backward and ensure that preferred sidearc’s tip is touching the starting edge of target parking slot.Once done stop the vehicle that preferred side arc’s tip istouching the starting edge that preferred side arc’s tip istouching the starting edge that preferred side arc’s tip istouching the starting edge Turn steering wheel to themaximum position, Turn steering wheel to the maximumposition, Towards direction of the parking slot. Green/blueoverlay disappears, and the dynamic overlay appears on thescreen

3. Complete Parking

Hold steering in the maximum position and start driving thevehicle backwards. Once you observe the vehicles’ body, is inparallel to target parking slot, bring steering to centre positionand continue driving backward until the whole vehicle is intarget parking slot. Parking Completed.



PPaarraalllleell PPaarrkkiinngg

Parallel Parking guides the driver to park the vehicle, in a slotparallel to the vehicle.

1. “Parallel parking” function on infotainment. Refer the belowimage.

Drive ahead of the parking slot, until the parking slot is fullyvisible. Now select the parallel parking button. After selection,Infotainment display’s the below screen

2. Setting the steering angle:

Drive the vehicle Forward or Backward and ensure thegreenish-blue rectangle [consider right rectangle if parkingimage slot is on right side and consider left rectangle if parkingslot is on left side], is placed in the parking slot. Make sureobstacles are not present in the parking slot after the red pole.The red pole should match with the front/rear bumper of theparked vehicle.

Ensure, there is enough space(min.3ft) sideways betweenyour vehicle and the parked vehicle before engagingreverse.



• Now start turning the steering wheel towards the directionin which parking slot is present. A shorter rectangle box willappear which will change the colours according to thesteering position. When the box is green, stop turning thesteering wheel and hold the position.

GGrreeeenn ccoolloouurr:: Represents suitable parking location. You can tryan attempt to park

RReedd ccoolloouurr:: Represents unsafe/potential risk parking. Yourvehicle may hit the side of the vehicle already parked.

BBlluuee ccoolloouurr:: Represents unsafe/potential risk parking. Finalparking space length needed will be larger than the desiredlength of parking space. May lead to wrong vehicle directionmovement.

Green/Blue/Red colours in this mode, are for guiding thevehicle to the parking slot and it would not detect theobstacles or alert the driver in that zone. It is the soleresponsibility of the user to ensure the rear endobstacles/vehicles which can lead to damage whileparking.

3. Complete Parking

• With current steering position, start moving the vehiclebackward. A green arc line will appear. When the green arctouches the parking slot end position, stop the vehicle



• Now rotate the steering wheel to maximum in the oppositedirection. Arc is then replaced by dynamic parking line.Continue backing the vehicle with the help of dynamicguideline.

• When it is observed the vehicles body, is in parallel to targetparking slot, bring steering to centre position. Continuedriving backward until the whole vehicle is in the targetparking slot. Parking Completed

4. Voice and Text Guidance during Parking Assistance

• To make the parking assistance user-friendly, voice and textguidance is given

• Both Text and Voice guidance can be selected ordeselected in the following Path, through Infotainment:

Home ->CarInfo->RVC

• Also, Voice Guidance can be selectecd/deselected throughMute/UnMute Button on the screen



1111..22 SSccrreeeenn VViieeww SSeelleeccttiioonn

Two views are available –

• Screen with buttons

• Screen without buttons

1111..33 EEnnttrryy aanndd EExxiitt CCoonnddiittiioonnss

1111..33..11 EEnnttrryy CCoonnddiittiioonnss

Whenever you apply the reverse gear, the infotainment will enterinto ‘Rear View Camera Mode’ and displays the video.

You can view reverse video, by selecting Reverse View CameraOption present on Infotainment Screen, irrespective of the gearposition.

Below is the path: Home→ Car-Info→ Rev Camera

You cannot enter RVC Mode, through the infotainment screenbutton, if the vehicle is in forward gear and vehicle speedexceeds 20 kmph.



1111..33..22 EExxiitt CCoonnddiittiioonnss

• If the user is not in Parallel or Angular Parking mode andInfotainment has entered ‘RVC Mode’ due to reverse gear, thenRVC mode exits, when the driver disengages reverse gear

• If the driver is not in Parallel or Angular Parking mode andInfotainment has entered ‘RVC Mode’, due to Reverse Cameraselection present on the Infotainment, then RVC mode can beexited, by selecting the Cancel button appearing on the screen

• Irrespective of RVC entry conditions, when driver is in Parallel orAngular Parking Mode, driver can exit the RVC Mode usingCancel button that appears, whenever driver is in forward gear

• RVC Mode is exited, whenever vehicle is in forward gear andvehicle speed exceeds 20 kmph

1111..44 CCaammeerraa MMaaiinntteennaannccee

Always keep the Camera lens clean from dust. Presence of dirt onlens may lead to poor image quality.

Always use clear water & soft nonabrasive cloth to clean the lens.

Don’t clean the camera lens and the area around the rear viewcamera with a power washer.

• In case of any RVC-related issues, the Infotainment shall display‘Contact Service Centre’ and vehicle needs to be taken to theService Centre. Avoid using the Rear-View Camera under thesecircumstances

• If rear of your vehicle is damaged or if the Camera position ischanged, please contact the nearest Mahindra AuthorisedService Center, for recalibrating the Camera.

1111..55 SSyysstteemm LLiimmiittaattiioonnss

• Reverse view camera may not operate normally, when you drivein the extremely high or low temperature area. (Operatingtemperature: -20°C ~ 65°C)

• Under certain circumstances given below, the rear view camerasystem will work with limitation or will not function fully:

- In heavy rain, snow or fog.



- At night or in very dark places.

- If the camera is exposed to very bright light sources.

- Display may flicker, if the camera area is lit by LED or fluorescentlighting.

• If there is a sudden change in temperature, from cold to hotareas

• If the camera lens got dirty or obstructed

• If the rear of your vehicle got damaged. And if the Cameraposition and the settings got changed. Please contact thenearest Mahindra Authorised Service Center

• Camera image reproduced slightly delayed and not in real timedue to processing. As the display is 2-dimensional, pointed andprotruding obstacles are hard to depict and thus very difficult torecognise. Please avoid reverse view camera in the abovesituation. It could you otherwise injure others or damage objectsand your vehicle

• The performance gets affected sometimes due to deposition ofice, dust, heavy rain, heavy wind, heavy exhaust on the camera

• Images shown on the display is a mirror-inverted manner, aslike the rearview mirror. Make sure that no persons oranimals and any objects/materials are in the manoeuvring

area. Pay attention and ensure safety before manoeuvringthe car. Driver is legally responsible for their car

• The reverse view camera is only a supplementary functionand may display obstacles from a distorted perspective &inaccurately

• Avoid using of rear view camera, if you are having eye colourblindness or impaired colour vision

• Objects above the ground or hanged may appear to be faraway than they are. But in reality, objects shall be closer toyour car. In such cases, avoid using guidelines to judge thedistance. Since it leads to mis-adjustments and increase therisk of collision with your car

• It is driver’s responsibility to identify the suitable parking areato park his car safely

• Rear view video is shown, whenever reverse gear is applied,but it cannot be used as a rear view monitoring system,which cannot replace the driver for looking into exterior andinterior view mirrors

Rear View Camera is only meant to aid the driver and toenhance convenience while parking. It does not in any wayreplace the driver’s abilities and driving skills while using thissystem. Under any circumstances, Mahindra accepts noresponsibility and cannot be held liable for any direct or indirect,incidental or consequential damage caused by this system.



1122 SSTTEEEERRIINNGG AANNDD BBRRAAKKEESS

1122..11 SStteeeerriinngg

Your vehicle is equipped with an Electric power steering system(EPS). There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill. EPS uses energyfrom the battery to decrease the driver's effort in steering thevehicle. The EPS system will give you good vehicle response andincreased ease of manoeuvrability in tight spaces. If for somereason the power assist is interrupted, it will provide mechanicalsteering capability to steer the vehicle. Under these conditions, youwill observe a substantial increase in steering effort.

When driving in rough/off roads, hold the steering wheel rim,do not hold the wheel spokes. A sudden bump can jerk/turnthe wheel and injure your hand. This may also lead to loss ofvehicle control.

The EPS warning light should only be illuminated with theignition ON before starting the engine.

If the warning light remains illuminated after the engine hasbeen started, there will be no assistance from power steering.The vehicle may be driven using the mechanical steeringsystem although it is not recommended as the effort to turnthe steering wheel will be significantly high. In this case, contactan Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

Keep both hands on the steering wheel, with the thumbsresting on the outer wheel rim.

To help prevent damage to the power steering motor:

• Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or theextreme left for more than a few secs. when the engine isrunning

If the Electric power steering system breaks down (or if theengine is turned OFF), you can still steer the vehicle manually,but it takes more effort.

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG AANNDD BBRRAAKKEESS


If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:

• Under inflated tyre(s) on any wheel(s)

• Uneven vehicle loading

• High crown in the centre of the road

• High crosswinds

• Wheels out of alignment

• SAS (Steering Angle Sensor) calibration

• Wheels out of balance

• Loose or worn suspension components

1122..11..11 TTiilltt SStteeeerriinngg

The steering wheel can be adjusted for rake as required using thelever in the steering shroud under the steering wheel.

To tilt/adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the Tilt lever down to unlock.

2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to the desired position.

3. Push the tilt lever back up to its original position to lock thesteering.

Improperly locked steering wheel could cause loss of controland lead to accidents. Never adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.



1122..22 SStteeeerriinngg MMooddee CCoonnttrrooll SSwwiittcchh

When pressing the Steering Mode Control switch, current steeringmode comes on the display.

You can change the steering mode in sequence (COMFORT =>NORMAL => SPORT) as shown on the right, by pressing theSteering Mode Control switch once more within 4 seconds. If theSteering Mode Control switch is not pressed within 4 seconds, thesystem will return to the previous mode.

The selected steering mode is still maintained after the ignitionswitch turned OFF and back ON.

EPS (Electronic Power Steering) system is mounted in thesteering handle. This system includes functions to compensatethe steering power, interlocking with ESP, the supplementary

driving safety system, when cornering or braking on the roadwith different friction. You may feel the difference in steeringwhen these functions are in operation.

1122..22..11 SStteeeerriinngg MMooddee CCoonnttrrooll

The smart steer system allows adjusting the steering poweraccording to driver’s preference or road conditions.

3 levels (COMFORT, NORMAL, SPORT) of steering modes areavailable to select using the Steering Mode Control switch.

CCOOMMFFOORRTT MMooddee

COMFORT mode can be selected if you want smoother and morecomfortable driving than NORMAL mode.



NNOORRMMAALL MMooddee

NORMAL mode is used for general driving with normal steeringpower.

SSPPOORRTT MMooddee

SPORT mode is suitable for sporty driving or while driving on a highway.

1122..33 SStteeeerriinngg CCoonnttrroollss -- AAuuddiioo ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

The steering wheel also houses switches to control the main audiofunctions.

1122..33..11 SStteeeerriinngg AAuuddiioo OOppeerraattiioonnss

A BLUETOOTH HANDSFREE D MUTE

B SEEK UP ˄/ DOWN˅ E VOLUME +

C MODE F VOLUME -



BBLLUUEETTOOOOTTHH HHAANNDDSSFFRREEEE

Phone switch using Bluetooth handsfree for mobile phone use.

SSEEEEKK UUPP ˄˄// DDOOWWNN˅˅

• In file play modePress the seek switch UP/DOWN: Moves to PREVIOUS/NEXTfile of MP3 and video playing

• In radio modePress the seek switch UP/DOWN briefly: Manual search, movesto selected channelPress and hold the seek switch UP/DOWN: Auto search

MMOODDEE

Press and hold the mode switch to change the audio mode (AM,FM1, FM2 and etc.).

MMUUTTEE

Press and hold the MUTE button for more than 2 seconds tomute/unmute audio while in TUNER and AUX mode and pause thesong while in CD, USB mode.

VVOOLLUUMMEE CCOONNTTRROOLL ((‘‘++’’ aanndd ‘‘--’’ ))

Press ‘+’ and ‘-’ button to increase or decrease the volume

1122..44 BBrraakkeess

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes in the front and rearwheels.

Disc brakes offer good braking capability and reduced stoppingdistance. Wet brake discs result in reduced braking efficiency. Aftera car wash or driving the vehicle through water, pump the brakepedal mildly while driving to remove the film of water from the brakepads.

Brake pads feature wear indicator. When the front brake pad isworn out, there will be an indication in the cluster; the brakewarning lamp will be ON. Replace the brake pads immediately.

Driving with wet brakes is dangerous. Stopping distanceincreases considerably when braking.

Dry the brakes by driving at very slow speed and applying thebrakes lightly until the brake performance becomes normal.

Even if the power assist (vacuum assistance) is completely lost,the brakes will still work. The brake pedal would be muchharder than normal and the vehicle stopping / braking distancewill be longer than usual.



1122..44..11 PPaarrkkiinngg oonn aa HHiillll//IInncclliinnee

If you have to park facing uphill, select first gear and turn the frontwheels away from the kerb. If you have to park facing downhill,select reverse gear and turn the front wheels towards the kerb.Always ensure that the vehicle is in gear and parking brakes isengaged before leaving the vehicle.

1122..44..22 PPaarrkkiinngg BBrraakkee

To apply the parking brake, hold and pull the park brake lever up as firmlyas possible. When the parking brake is applied with the ignition ON, thebrake warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates. To release theparking brake, pull the parking brake lever up slightly, press the releasebutton on the bottom of the lever and lower the parking brake levercompletely.

The brake warning lamp indicates only the parking brake status. Itdoes not indicate the degree of brake application. Be sure the

parking brake is firmly set when parked and the gear shift lever is ingear. When parking on a hill; first apply the parking brake; after thatshift the gear lever to 1st gear. This will avoid the load on thetransmission, locking mechanism may make it difficult to move theshift lever out of gear.

Be sure the parking brake is fully disengaged before driving off.Failure to do so can lead to brake problems due to excessiveheating of the rear brakes. It will also result in reduced fuelefficiency; lowered brake pad life and rear brake squeal.

• The parking brake should be adjusted as per recommendedmaintenance schedule

• Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle, andbe certain to leave the transmission in gear. Failure to do somay allow the vehicle to roll and cause damage, hit abystander resulting in personal injury

• Leaving unattended children in a vehicle is dangerous for anumber of reasons. Children should be warned not to touchthe parking brake or the gear shift lever. Do not leave the keyin the ignition. A child could move the vehicle leading toaccidents

• The parking brake should always be applied when the driveris not in the vehicle



Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can causethe rear wheels to lock up. You could lose control of the vehicle andcause an accident.

1122..55 HHaazzaarrdd AAccttiivvaattiioonn UUppoonn CCrraasshh

Hazard lamps are turned on automatically in case of an unfortunateevent of an accident where Airbags are deployed. In such ascenario, the hazard lamps will be on for 30 min or it can be turnedoff by operating Hazard switch (Off to On) or Ignition reset (IgnitionOff and On)

Once activated hazard remains on for 30 minutes by default

DDeeaaccttiivvaattiioonn

• 30 minutes since activation is elapsed

• Hazard switch On to Off transition is made

• IGN turned Off and again turned On

1122..66 VVeehhiiccllee BBrreeaakkddoowwnn WWaarrnniinngg

In case of a brake down, hazards would be turned on automaticallyto indicate oncoming traffic. This feature will come into action uponopening the bonnet when vehicle speed is less than 5 kmph.

1122..77 AAnnttii--LLoocckk BBrraakkee SSyysstteemm ((AABBSS))

The Anti-lock Brake System (also called as ABS) is designed to helpprevent lock-up of the wheels and stable stopping of vehicle during asudden, panic emergency braking or braking on slippery roadsurfaces. The ABS system takes input from wheel speed sensorsand brake pedal switch to control the brake fluid pressures at thewheels to avoid wheel lock-up. It allows vehicle to be steered duringbraking.

The minimum speed for ABS to function is 12 kmph. ABS isactivated only during wheel lock conditions where ABS takes overand prevents wheel lock.

During the ABS operation, a slight pulsation may be felt in the brakepedal to indicate ABS is active. You may also hear motor noise fromthe engine compartment. It is recommended to hold the brakepedal firmly while the ABS is active rather than pumping the brakepedal.



Depressing the brake pedal on slippery road surfaces as on amanhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site, a joint in abridge, etc. on a rainy day, tends to activate the anti-lock brakesystem.

The ABS warning lamp lights up when you switch ONthe ignition and should go out after a few secs. If theABS warning lamp does not go out or if it comes ON

while driving, it means there is a fault in the ABS system. In bothcases, the normal braking system remains efficient, exactly as on avehicle without ABS. The vehicle should be examined as soon aspossible by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

The ABS is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Alwaysdrive at a moderate speed and maintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you. The stopping distance may be longer in thefollowing cases:

• Driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads

• Driving with tyre chains installed

• Driving over the steps such as the joints on the road

• Driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or differencesin surface height

Do not overestimate the Anti-lock Brake System: Although the Anti-lock Brake System assists in providing vehicle control, it is still

important to drive with all due care and maintain a moderate speedand safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. There are limitsto the vehicle stability and effectiveness of steering wheel operationeven with ABS active.

If tyre grip performance exceeds its capability, or if hydroplaningoccurs during high speed driving in the rain, the Anti-lock BrakeSystem will not assist with vehicle control.

1122..88 EElleeccttrroonniicc BBrraakkee FFoorrccee DDiissttrriibbuuttiioonn ((EEBBDD))((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

EBD, as a subsystem of the ABS system, controls the effectiveadhesion utilisation of the rear wheels. EBD aids in distributing thebrake forces more evenly leading to better vehicle stability duringbraking.

Typically, the front end carries more weight and EBD distributesless braking pressure to the rear brakes avoiding a lock up/skid.

For example, under light loads EBD applies less effort to the rearbrakes and for heavy loads it allows full braking effort to the rearwheels.

A fault with EBD is indicated by illumination of the brake as well asABS warning lamps. The vehicle should be examined as soon aspossible by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.



1133 HHEEAATTIINNGG,, VVEENNTTIILLAATTIIOONN AANNDD AAIIRR--CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((HHVVAACC))

HVAC system provided in the vehicle enables occupants toautomatically/manually adjust air flow distribution pattern, air flowrate, air intake mode and air temperature inside passengercompartment. By appropriately adjusting the control knobs/switches provided on the HVAC control panel, located on centreconsole, occupant’s comfort can be ensured. HVAC system alsohelps in defrosting and defogging / de-misting the windshield andwindows.

Air flow direction can be further controlled by adjusting louvres ofair vents. An air filter is provided at the inlet of HVAC blower.

Engine coolant is utilised to heat the cabin air. For cooling the cabinair, an air-condititioning circuit based on the vapour compressionrefrigeration cycle is used. The air-condititioning system uses arefrigerant along with a suitable lubricating oil. Although being non-ozone depleting, the refrigerant is a greenhouse gas, hence onceallowed to escape in the atmosphere, it adversely affects theenvironment by contributing to global warming/climate change.

Refrigerant used in system is a hazardous liquefied gas and isunder high pressure. The refrigerant is colourless and hasethereal or faint sweetish odour. Exposure of refrigerant to skin

or eyes may cause irritation and frostbite. They can also causesuffocation, dizziness and loss of concentration. When mixedwith compressed air or certain other refrigerants, it may formflammable mixture. Never try to service HVAC system yourselfwhich would involve refrigerant handling.

- If you sleep while operating the air conditioner or heater withall the windows closed, You may suffocate to death due to lackof ventilation. When you operate the air conditioner or heater,ventilate frequently.

Multiple vents are provided for distributing the air, being force-circulated by HVAC blower, throughout the passengercompartment.

To ensure sufficient air flow and hence adequate HVAC systemperformance, air flow path should be kept free of obstructions.Keep system’s air intake, located near plenum appliqué, free ofsnow, leaves and other debris. Also keep the area in front of airvents free of any obstruction inside the cabin.

HHEEAATTIINNGG,, VVEENNTTIILLAATTIIOONN AANNDD AAIIRR--CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((HHVVAACC))


1133..11 HHVVAACC OOvveerrvviieeww



1133..11..11 FFrroonntt CCeennttrree VVeenntt

You can adjust the direction of the airflow by moving the knobhorizontally or vertically.

1133..11..22 FFrroonntt SSiiddee VVeenntt

You can adjust the direction of the airflow by moving the airflowdirection control lever on the air outlet.

The outlet vents can be opened or closed using the vent dial.



1133..22 DDuuaall ZZoonnee AAuuttoommaattiicc HHeeaatteerr aanndd AA//CC ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))



1133..22..11 AAuuttoo OOppeerraattiioonn MMooddee ((AAuuttoo IInnddiiccaattoorr OONN))

1 AUTO Switch

2 Temperature control Switch

3 Auto Indicator ON

Use only when the engine is running.

1. Press the AUTO (1) switch.

2. AUTO indicator is displayed on the display.

3. Set the desired cabin temperature with the temperaturecontrol switch (2).

4. The temperature of the passenger compartment isautomatically maintained according to the set temperature.

5. If the driver and co-driver require different temperatures intheir respective zones, the same can be done by pressingthe dual switch and subsequently, setting differenttemperatures using temperature control switches.

When you use the blower speed control knob, mode switch (airsource selection switch), air conditioner switch or defroster switchduring the auto operation mode, AAUUTTOO indicator on the display goesout and the air conditioner system can be controlled manually.



1133..22..22 MMaannuuaall OOppeerraattiioonn MMooddee ((AAuuttoo IInnddiiccaattoorr OOFFFF))

1 ON/OFF switch 5 Air Source SelectionSwitch

2 Temperature controlswitch 6 A/C ON Switch

3 Fan Speed Control Dial 7 AUTO Indicator OFF

4 Air Distribution/ModeSwitch

Use only when the engine is running.

1. Press ON/OFF switch (1)

2. Set the desired temperature by pressing the temperaturecontrol switch (2).

3. Adjust the fan speed by rotating the fan speed control dial(3).

4. Select the air flow by pressing the air distribution/modeswitch (4).

5. Select the air source mode by pressing air source selectionswitch (5).

6. To turn on the air conditioner, press the A/C ON switch (6).

In manual mode, the AUTO indicator on display does not come onand you can manually adjust the climate conditions by controllingthe switches such as temperature, fan speed, mode (airdistribution), A/C, air source selection, MEMORY and DUAL temp.selection control switches.

To activate the auto operation mode, press AUTO switch.

FFaann ssppeeeedd ccoonnttrrooll ddiiaall ((22))



You can adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed dial (2) withengine ON. If you adjust the airflow using fan speed dial (2) in AUTOmode, the AUTO indicator (B) on display (1) goes off and theoperation mode is changed to the manual mode.

The air conditioner does not operate with rotating the fanspeed dial, if the A/C switch is not pressed. However, the airflows due to the fan operation.

AAUUTTOO sswwiittcchh ((33))

If you press the AUTO switch (3) with engine ON, AUTO indicator (B)appears on display (1) and the set temperature is maintained whilethe airflow and air distribution are automatically controlled.

The indicator lamp (L) lights up while AUTO switch (3) is operating,and the lamp (L) turns off when the AUTO switch is not working.

DDeeffrroosstteerr sswwiittcchh ((44))

Use this switch for quick defrosting with the engine ON.

When you press this switch, its indicator lamp lights up, and theairflow direction is changed to the windshield and door glasseswhile outside air comes in with A/C operation.

The temperature of the air is automatically changed to Hot whenthe defrost switch is pressed. However, the user can reduce thetemperature by pressing the temperature down button as per wish.

At this time A/C, Defroster and Fresh air indicators come on in thedisplay. If you press the switch again, defrosting stops with theindicator lamp turned off and the mode returns to the previousoperation. While the defroster switch (4) is operating, its indicatorlamp (L) lights up and the lamp (L) turns off when the defrosterswitch is not working.

DUAL mode will not function in Defrost mode.



MMEEMMOORRYY sswwiittcchh ((55))

As a convenience function, pressing this switch, automatically change the current climate conditions to previously saved temperature, fan speed, airsource selection and mode while the engine is ON.

With MEMORY function, you can save maximum 3 modes which appear on display (w/ saved memory indicator) in sequence, each time MEMORY switchis briefly pressed.

EExxaammpplleess ooff iitteemmss tthhaatt ccaann bbee mmeemmoorriisseedd aarree::

MMEEMMOORRYY

MMeemmoorryy iitteemm

DDrriivveerr ssiiddeeTTeemmpp..

PPaasssseennggeerr ssiiddeeTTeemmpp.. AA//CC AAiirr DDiissttrriibbuuttiioonn AAiirr SSoouurrccee

SSeelleeccttiioonnFFaann SSppeeeedd DDuuaall

1 22 deg C 22 deg C OFF Bi-level Fresh Air Level 2 OFF

2 25 deg C 23 deg C OFF Front View Recirculation Level 4 ON

3 30 deg C 28 deg C OFF Footwell Fresh Air Level 8 ON

MEMORY function will stop if you press any control switch other than MEMORY switch (5) during its operation.

HHooww ttoo uussee MMEEMMOORRYY ffuunnccttiioonn

1. Select the desired memory (1M, 2M or 3M), which needs tobe set.

2. Adjust the temp, Dual mode, mode, Auto etc what is desired.

3. Press and hold the MEMORY switch for 3-4 seconds.

4. 1M/2M OR 3M selected in display blinks for 5 times,stating the setting are getting saved.

5. Once settings are saved, the blinking STOPS.

6. Similarly set other 2 memory also.

7. User can select the desired Memory, all setting changes asstored in that memory.

If you adjust the temperature, fan speed, Air source selectionand mode from saved memory location (1M, 2M, 3M), thememory is replaced with new information, when you press andhold the memory switch for 3 - 4 seconds



OONN//OOFFFF sswwiittcchh ((66))

You can turn on or turn off the Dual automatic Temperaturecontroller (DATC) by using this switch with IGN ON.

The display (1) comes on or goes off by pressing ON/OFF switch(6).

CCoo––DDrriivveerr tteemmppeerraattuurree ccoonnttrrooll sswwiittcchh ((77))

To adjust the temperature as desired, press the temperaturecontrol switch (7) while the engine is ON. The temperaturedecreases with pressing blue ˅ (arrow) and increases with red ˄(arrow).

The set temperature ( A , I ) is shown on the display after pressingthe switch (7).

AAiirr ssoouurrccee sseelleeccttiioonn sswwiittcchh ((88))

If you press this switch (8) with IGN ON, the indication lamp (L)lights up and the air recirculation indicator on display (1) comes on.If you press this switch (8) again, the indication lamp (L) turns offand the air source selection is changed to Fresh air intake mode.



Do not use recirculation mode in the vehicle for extendedperiods of time with every window closed. Doing so can causeheadache, drowsiness and fogged window due to lack of oxygen

If exhaust gas comes in, there is a danger of carbon monoxidepoisoning. Set to the fresh air intake mode after passingthrough a dusty or polluted area with air recirculation mode.

AAuuttoommaattiicc sseelleeccttiioonn ooff tthhee ffrreesshh oorr aaiirr cciirrccuullaattiioonn mmooddee

When the defroster switch is pressed, outside air automaticallycomes in. When the switch is pressed again, the previous mode isrestored.

DDUUAALL sswwiittcchh ((99))

This function allows controlling the passenger side temperatureseparately with engine ON.

• If you press the DUAL switch (9), the indicator lamp (L) lights upand DUAL mode indicator on the display comes on

• When the temperature control switch (11) is pressed, the driverside temperature (I) on the display is adjusted as desired and

temperature control switch (7) is pressed, passenger sidetemperature (A) on the display is adjusted as desired

• While the DUAL mode switch (9) is operating, its indicator lamp(L) lights up and the lamp turns off when the DUAL mode switchis not working

When the DUAL mode switch (9) is turned off with its indicator(K), the passenger temperature (A) returns to the driver sideset temperature (I).

MMooddee sswwiittcchh ((1100))

Each time you press this switch (10) with IGN ON, the airdistribution mode is changed and displayed as shown in the figurebelow.

When you press this switch in AUTO mode (AUTO indicator ON), thesystem is changed to the manual control mode (AUTO indicatorOFF).



Face-Level (normally, when cooling)

Face/Foot-Level

Foot-Level (normally, when heating)

NNoottee:: When choosing this mode, some air flows out fromwindshield and side glass vents to prevent from fogging onthe windshield.

Foot/Defrost-Level

DDrriivveerr tteemmppeerraattuurree ccoonnttrrooll sswwiittcchh ((1111))

You can adjust the driver side temperature with this switch (11) ifthe DUAL switch (9) is turned ON while the engine is running.

The temperature decreases with pressing blue ˅ (arrow) andincreases with red ˄(arrow).

Refer to dual switch (9)

AAiirr ccoonnddiittiioonneerr sswwiittcchh ((1133))

Air conditioner is turned ON and OFF with this switch (13). While airconditioner switch (13) is operating, its indicator lamp (L) lights up,and the lamp turns off when the switch is not working.



1133..33 MMaannuuaall TTeemmppeerraattuurree CCoonnttrrooll ((MMTTCC))



HHeeaatteerr//AAiirr ccoonnddiittiioonneerr ooppeerraattiioonn

Operate while the engine is running.

• Adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed control dial (4).

• Set the desired temperature by pressing the temperaturecontrol switch (2)

• Adjust the air distribution with using the mode switch (8,9,12,13)

• Select the air intake mode by pressing air circulation switch (7)or fresh air intake switch (11)

• Press the air conditioner switch (5) to use A/C

While each switch is operating, its indicator lamp lights up, and thelamp turns off when the switch is not working.

SSwwiittcchh iinnddiiccaattoorr llaammpp ((11))

This lamp indicates temperature change by the temperaturecontrol switch (2) operation.

As you press ˅ button on the temperature control switch (2), thered LED (B) turns off one by one, and the blue LED (A) lights on inthe same way

As you press ˄ button on the temperature control switch (2), theblue LED (A) turns off one by one, and the red LED (B) lights on inthe same way.

TTeemmppeerraattuurree ccoonnttrrooll sswwiittcchh ((22))

By pressing this switch, you can adjust the temperature as desired

Each time you press the ˄ button on temperature control switch,the temperature increases and the temperature decreases as ˅button is pressed.

The blue (cold)/red (hot) LED in the switch indicator lamp (1) willcome on or goes off depending on the temperature control switch(2) operation.

While the red LEDs of the temperature indicator lamp (B) arelighted on, they will turn off one by one each time you press ˅button on the temperature control switch (2). Likewise, the blueLEDs will go off one by one as you press the ˄ button on the



temperature control switch (2) while they came on thetemperature indicator lamp (A).

DDiiaall ppoossiittiioonn iinnddiiccaattoorr ((33))

This indicator shows current position of the fan speed control dial(4).

FFaann ssppeeeedd ccoonnttrrooll ddiiaall ((44))

You can adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed control dial (4)with IGN ON.

The fan speed decreases if you rotating the dial (4)counterclockwise (A) and it increases when you rotate the dialclockwise (B). This will stop at OFF position of the dial (4).

AAiirr ccoonnddiittiioonneerr sswwiittcchh ((55))

Rotate the fan speed control dial (4) clockwise (B ) from the OFFposition while the engine is ON.

1. Press the air conditioner switch (5).

2. Press the temperature control switch (2) to adjust for thecool air to come out.

3. Set the air distribution as desired by pressing the modeswitch (8 , 9 , 12, 13).


Do not use recirculation mode for extended periods of time.Doing so can cause headache, drowsiness and fogged windowdue to lack of oxygen.

The air conditioner does not operate with rotating the fanspeed dial (4), if the A/C switch (5) is not pressed. However,the air flows 7 due to the fan operation.



DDeeffrroosstteerr sswwiittcchh ((66))

Use this switch for quick defrosting with the engine ON.

When you press this switch (6), its indicator lamp (C) lights up, andthe airflow direction is changed to the windshield and door glasseswhile outside air comes in with A/C operation.

To cancel the defroster function, press any switch among the modeswitch (8, 9,12,13) and MAX A/C switch (10).

When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on thewindshield and windows. The fog will block your view through allwindows and can create a dangerous situation. If this happens,press the mode switch (12 ) to change the airflow directiontoward the windshield with defrost foot

AAiirr rreecciirrccuullaattiioonn mmooddee sswwiittcchh ((77))

When you press this switch (7), air recirculation mode is appliedand indicator lamp (7C) lights on.

Use this mode when maximum heating/air conditioning is needed.

To cancel the air recirculation mode, press the fresh air intakemode switch (11).

Do not use recirculation mode for extended periods of time.Doing so can cause headache, drowsiness and fogged windowdue to lack of oxygen.

If exhaust gas comes in, there is a danger of carbon monoxidepoisoning. Set to the fresh air intake mode after passingthrough a dusty or polluted area with air recirculation mode.

MMAAXX AA//CC sswwiittcchh ((1100))

When you press MAX A/C (Maximum cooling) switch (10) whilethe heater or A/C is running,

• The air conditioner operates

• The air recirculation mode is applied

• The air flows toward the face

• The temperature is automatically set to the lowest with all blueLEDs (4EA) of the temperature indicator lamp (A) lighted up



FFrreesshh aaiirr iinnttaakkee mmooddee sswwiittcchh ((1111))

When you press this switch (11), fresh air intake mode is appliedand indicator lamp (11C) lights on.

To cancel the fresh air intake mode, press the recirculation modeswitch (7).

AAiirrffllooww mmooddee sswwiittcchh ((66,, 88,, 99,, 1100,, 1122,, 1133))

You can adjust the airflow distribution with using these switches.


1

The air flows toward the windshield and door glasses. Ifyou press the defroster switch, the fresh air intakemode is automatically applied and the air conditioneroperates.

2 Face-Level (when cooling)

3 Face/Foot-Level

4MMAAXXAA//CC

Face-Level. The air recirculation mode is applied andthe air conditioner operates.

The lowest temperature is automatically selected withall blue LEDs lighted on (Maximum cooling position).

5Foot/Defrost-Level

The fresh air intake mode is automatically applied.

6

Foot-Level (normally, when heating)

NNoottee:: While in Foot mode, some air flows to thewindshield and door glasses to prevent the windshieldfrom fogging



1133..44 DDeeffooggggiinngg//DDeeffrroossttiinngg

1133..44..11 DDuuaall ZZoonnee AAuuttoommaattiicc HHeeaatteerr aanndd AA//CC

• Press the defroster switch (1). (The indicator lamp (C) ON)

• When the defrost button is pressed then,

1. If the previous set blower speed is 0, then it will be set to1.

2. If the previous set blower speed is between 1 and 3, thenit will be set to 3.

3. If the previous set blower speed is greater than 3, then itwill remain same.

The display shows A/C, Defrost and Fresh air indicators

• The temperature of the air is automatically changed to Hot whenthe defrost switch is pressed. However, the user can reduce thetemperature by pressing the temperature down button as perwish.

• To quickly remove the fog on the glass, set the fan speed controldial (2) at a high speed position

• DUAL mode will not function in Defrost mode

To prevent the windshield from fogging up, it is recommendedto set the air source selection switch (4) to the fresh air intakemode.

If you press the defroster switch (1), the fresh air intake modeis applied with A/C ON.

When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on thewindshield and windows. The fog will block your view through allwindows and can create a dangerous situation. If this happens,set the air source selection switch to the fresh air intake modeand change the airflow direction toward the windshield.



• An extended air conditioner operation in the foot-level, foot/defrost-level or defrost modes may cause the outside of the windshield tofog due to the temperature difference between the inside and theoutside of the vehicle. In this case, quickly remove the moistureusing the windshield wipers and change the airflow to face-levelmode to reduce fogging on the outside of the windshield

• Make sure to remove any foreign matters such as snow and leaveson the air inlets to avoid window fogging, especially in winter andsummer

1133..44..22 MMaannuuaall HHeeaatteerr//AAiirr CCoonnddiittiioonneerr

• Press the defroster switch (1). (The indicator lamp (C) ON)

• Rotate the fan speed control dial (2) clockwise from the OFFposition

• Set the temperature as desired using the control switch (3)

• To quickly remove the fog on the glass, set the fan speed controldial (2) at a high speed position

To prevent the windshield from fogging up, it is recommended to set the airsource selection switch (4) to the fresh air intake mode.

If you press the defroster switch (1), the fresh air intake mode is appliedwith A/C ON.

When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on the windshield andwindows. The fog will block your view through all windows and can create adangerous situation. If this happens, set the air source selection switch tothe fresh air intake mode and change the airflow direction toward thewindshield.

• An extended air conditioner operation in the foot-level, foot/defrost-level or defrost modes may cause the outside of the windshield tofog due to the temperature difference between the inside and theoutside of the vehicle. In this case, quickly remove the moistureusing the windshield wipers and change the airflow to face-levelmode to reduce fogging on the outside of the windshield



• Make sure to remove any foreign matters such as snow and leaveson the air inlets to avoid window fogging, especially in winter andsummer

1133..55 RReeppllaacciinngg AAiirr CCoonnddiittiioonneerr FFiilltteerr

RReeppllaaccee tthhee AAiirr CCoonnddiittiioonneerr FFiilltteerr WWhheenn

Unpleasant odor is generated at the first operation after a longunused period.

Cooling and blowing capacity have decreased.

• Do not apply excessive force to the holders when removing theglove box. It may cause a deformation of holders and results in aloose installation

• Replace air conditioner filter while paying attention to the installingdirection

• Replace the air conditioner filter at every 10000 km of driving.However, if the vehicle is operated under severe conditions, such ason dusty or unpaved roads, and excessive air conditioner or heateruse, the replacement interval can be shortened

• When the filter is contaminated, it will decrease the cooling orheating capacity of the system and creates unpleasant odors

1. Detach the locknut (10 MM, 1EA) and screws (2EA) fromlower part of the glove box.

2. Open the glove box by pressing the open switch.

3. Remove the glove box by loosening 4 screws and 3 of IPsetscrews from upper part of the glove box

4. Disconnect the switch wirings (1) and lamp wirings (2) whilepulling out the glove box



5. After detaching the damper cable by pulling it up, remove theglove box completely. (When attaching, make sure that thedamper cable passes through the inside of the fixing bracket.)

6. Pull out the A/C filter after removing the fixing cover by pullingit off using your hand

7. Install in reverse order of removal.

When replacing the filter, the arrow printed on the side of the filtershould face to the blower motor.

When replacing the filter, the arrow printed on the side of thefilter should face to the blower motor



1144 SSTTAARRTTIINNGG AANNDD DDRRIIVVIINNGG TTHHEE VVEEHHIICCLLEE

1144..11 SSaaffeettyy TTiippss -- BBeeffoorree SSttaarrttiinngg YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee

1144..11..11 GGeenneerraall

• Before starting the vehicle, inspect the inside and outside of thevehicle; look for any damages, leaks, loose parts, foreignobjects/debris. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer ifrequired

• Before starting your journey, check the working of all safetydevices/components, especially brakes, steering, lamps, signalsand tyres. In case you suspect any system/devices are notworking properly, contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer

• Adjust the seat headrest, steering wheel and fasten the seat beltas described in this manual. Never perform any seat / steeringadjustments when the vehicle is in motion

• Start the vehicle only when seated and belted in the driver's seat

The Engine Management System controls the engine's idlespeed. When the engine starts, idle RPM runs higher thannormal in order to warm the engine. The engine idle speedRPM reduces once the engine warms up.

Never start your vehicle in a closed garage or in an enclosedarea. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always keep the garage dooropen or start the engine in an open area.

1144..11..22 MMiirrrroorr AAddjjuussttmmeenntt

Ensure that the rearview mirror and both the ORVM’s are adjustedfor an unobstructed view of the road behind.

1144..11..33 EExxtteerriioorr LLaammppss

Have someone observe and confirm normal operation of all exteriorlamps while you work on the controls from the driver seat. Also,check functioning of all lamps in the instrument panel.

1144..11..44 DDoooorr LLaattcchheess

Check for positive closing, latching, and locking of all doors, bothfrom inside and outside.

1144..11..55 FFlluuiidd LLeeaakkss

Check the area under the vehicle after an overnight parking for fuel,power steering fluid, brake fluid, engine coolant, oil, or other fluid

SSTTAARRTTIINNGG AANNDD DDRRIIVVIINNGG TTHHEE VVEEHHIICCLLEE


leaks. If leaks are observed, contact an Authorised MahindraDealer.

1144..22 SSttaarrttiinngg tthhee EEnnggiinnee

Make sure all vehicle occupants are properly seated in their seatsand have buckled their safety belts. For more information on seat,headrest positioning, safety belts and their proper usage, refer tothe “Seat Belts” section in this manual.

BBeeffoorree ccrraannkkiinngg tthhee eennggiinnee

• Make sure the gear shift lever is in neutral

• Make sure the parking brake is engaged. Turn the key to IGNposition but do not turn the key to start

• Few warning lamps briefly illuminate. See “Warning Lamps inthe Instrument Cluster” section for more information

1. Shift the gear shift lever to neutral position.

2. Apply parking brake.

3. Turn the ignition ON.

4. Do not press the accelerator.

5. Turn the key momentarily to the START position to crank theengine.

6. Once the engine starts, release the key; it will return to the IGNposition.

Do not continue cranking after the engine has started. Thiswill lead to damage of the starter and other enginecomponents.

7. If the engine fails to start, attempt to restart after about 10seconds

8. If the engine fails to start even after repeated attempts as perthe procedure given above, contact the nearest AuthorisedMahindra Dealer.

To prevent damage to the starter, wait 10 secs beforeattempting to restart the engine.

If the vehicle battery has discharged, use booster cables, abooster battery or a battery from another vehicle to start.Jump-starting a vehicle can be dangerous if done improperly.Refer to the “Jump-starting procedure” section in this manual.

If the engine still fails to start, contact an Authorised MahindraDealer for assistance.



The idle speed is controlled automatically and it will decrease as theengine warms up.

Observe the following when the engine is running:

• All warning lamps are OFF

• Low oil pressure lamp is OFF

After idling for a few secs., release the parking brake, depress theclutch, shift the gear shift lever to 1st gear, release the servicebrake pedal, drive by releasing the clutch and depressing theaccelerator pedal simultaneously.

1144..22..11 EEnnggiinnee IIddlliinngg -- IInn CCoolldd WWeeaatthheerr

Avoid full throttle operation when the engine is cold and prolongedidling at low ambient temperatures. Long periods of idling may beharmful to your engine. Combustion chamber temperatures candrop so low that the fuel may not burn completely. Incompletecombustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston rings andinjector nozzles. Also, the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase,diluting the oil and causing rapid wear to the engine.

1144..33 SSttooppppiinngg tthhee EEnnggiinnee

Before turning the engine OFF, always allow the engine to return tonormal idle speed and run for few secs. This assures proper coolingand lubrication of the turbocharger. This is particularly necessaryafter any hard driving.

To reduce the risk of personal injury, before turning OFF theengine and leaving the vehicle, always:

• Keep your right foot on the service brake pedal

• Turn front wheels towards the road curb

• Switch OFF the ignition, turn the key to the steering lock positionand remove the key

• Firmly engage the parking brake

• Move the gear shift lever to 1st gear position (reverse gear ifparking on an incline)

• Slowly release the service brake pedal

• Lock your vehicle when leaving



1144..44 EExxhhaauusstt GGaasseess

Protection against exhaust gas entry into the vehicles interior isconsidered in the design of the exhaust system.

• Vehicle exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide,Nitrogen Oxides, Hydrocarbons and Particulate Matter. Theseare potential environmental and health hazards

• Avoid inhaling the exhaust gases. Carbon Monoxide is acolourless and odourless gas and can cause unconsciousnessor even death

• If the exhaust system is damaged for any reason or you notice achange in the exhaust noise, have the vehicle checked by anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

• Do not start the vehicle in a closed garage or in an enclosedarea where ventilation is poor for the exhaust gases

• Since the engine compartment and exhaust system componentsare hot and can ignite a fire, do not park or leave the vehicle withthe engine idling over dry grass, leaves, paper, rags or anycombustible material

Never keep the engine running when the vehicle is parked in anarea which is not properly ventilated. This could lead to seriousrespiratory problems and/or death.

1144..55 DDrriivviinngg YYoouurr VVeehhiiccllee

1144..55..11 GGeenneerraall DDrriivviinngg PPrreeccaauuttiioonnss

Always observe the following precautions to minimise the risk ofaccidents leading to serious personal injury or damage to yourvehicle.

• Before you drive your vehicle, please read this manual carefully

• Before you start driving, check proper operation of the brakesand steering system

• If, while driving, you hear any strange noise or feel unusualvibration, or if you have any concerns whatsoever, or if anywarning lamps illuminate or buzzers sound, park/stop thevehicle in a safe location as soon as possible. Identify the causeand take any necessary remedial action. Contact yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer if necessary

• Never overload or improperly load your vehicle

• Always be attentive while driving and follow safe driving practices

• Always maintain the recommended inflation pressure in tyres

• Always drive at a safe speed appropriate for given drivingconditions. You must follow the speed limits



• While backing up, keep a constant lookout for people, particularlychildren, or other obstructions or hazardous material that mightbe present behind the vehicle

• Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehiclescentre of gravity and make your vehicle more unstable

• Loaded vehicles, with a higher centre of gravity, may handledifferently than unloaded vehicles. Extra precautions, such asslower speeds and increased stopping distance, should be takenwhen driving a heavily loaded vehicle

• Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile andhigher centre of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to sidewinds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allowyou to have much better control

• When driving off-road or on rugged terrain, do not drive atexcessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc.This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing seriousinjury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle'ssuspension and chassis

• Maintain steering wheel control at all times, especially on roughterrains. Sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steeringwheel motion. Make sure you grip the steering wheel from theoutside. Do not grip the spokes

• If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (e.g. fromconcrete to gravel/sand/mud/snow) there will be a change inthe way the vehicle responds, especially the way it responds tosteering, braking and accelerating inputs

• Be extremely careful when driving on pavements made slipperyby loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice

• If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow down, butavoid severe brake or steering application. Ease the vehicle backonto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turnthe steering wheel too sharply while returning to the roadsurface

• It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road andslow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You maylose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steeringwheel too sharply or abruptly

• In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharpturn must be made, turn the steering wheel only as rapidly andas far as required to avoid the emergency. Excessive steering willresult in less vehicle control. Additionally, smooth variations ofthe accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilisedif changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering,acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk ofloss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury.Use all available road surfaces to return the vehicle to a safedirection of travel

1144..55..22 OOffff--RRooaadd DDrriivviinngg PPrreeccaauuttiioonnss

• When driving off-road or on rugged terrains, never over speed ormake sharp turns. This may cause loss of control or vehiclerollover causing serious injury



• Maintain steering wheel control at all times. Sudden changes interrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion

• Do not drive horizontally or diagonally across steep slopes, yourvehicle can tip over sideways. Driving straight up or straightdown is preferred

• Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objectssuch as rocks and stumps. You should either know the terrain ormap-out your route before driving in the area

• Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mudor water

1144..55..33 DDrriivviinngg TThhrroouugghh WWaatteerr

Although your vehicle is capable of driving through shallow water,there are a number of precautions that must be considered beforeentering the water.

Never drive through still water that is higher than the bottom ofthe axle hubs. Not following this instruction will allow water toenter vehicle components causing internal damage to thecomponents, affecting driveability, safety, emissions andreliability.

When driving through water, drive very slowly and at constantspeed, less than 8 kmph. Drive with accelerator pedal in OFF

and control speed, using only the brakes. At higher speedwaves can be generated by the front of the vehicle. Thesewater waves may enter air intake, causing severe enginedamage or cause a vehicle to get stalled.

You must slow down while driving through shallow water.Speeding may cause water to splash onto the windshield,impairing your vision. In extreme conditions, you may get awater wedge formation between the road and tyre causing lossof control in the vehicle.

• The ground under the water might not be firm which could resultthe water being deeper than expected when driving the vehiclethrough it

• Do not stop or shut OFF the engine while immersed in water. Ithelps in preventing water getting inside the exhaust pipes

• When backing down a ramp, do not allow the exhaust tail pipe toimmerse in water

• Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causingrusting and premature failure. It may also enter the differentials,transmission and transfer case, reducing the oil's lubricatingqualities. If these are submerged in water, the lubricants shouldbe replaced as required

• Water entering the transmission will cause deterioration in shiftquality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration,and ultimately damaging the transmission



• Sand, mud/sludge that has accumulated in brake drums andaround brake discs may affect braking efficiency. This may alsodamage brake system components. Wet brakes cannot stop thevehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved bydriving the vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on thebrake pedal

• When driving through water, traction or brake capability may belimited. Always perform a maintenance inspection after each dayof off-road driving that has taken you through water

1144..55..44 FFlloowwiinngg WWaatteerr

If the water is swift flowing and rising (as in storm run-off) avoidcrossing until the water level recedes and/or the flow rate isreduced.

The flowing water can erode the streambed causing your vehicle tosink into deeper water.

Determine the exit point(s) that are downstream of your entry pointto compensate for drifting.

1144..55..55 AAfftteerr DDrriivviinngg OOffff--RRooaadd oorr tthhrroouugghh WWaatteerr

Off-road operation puts more stress on your vehicle than does moston-road driving. Always perform a maintenance inspection aftereach day of off-road driving that has taken you through roughterrain, sand, mud, or water.

• After going off-road, it is always a good idea to check for damage.Completely inspect the underbody of the vehicle for any damages

• Check for accumulations of plants or bushes or polyethylene /plastic. These could be a fire hazard. They might also hidedamage to fuel lines, brake tubes/hoses, etc.

• Inspect all the tubes/hoses and check for any fluid leakages

• Get heat exchangers (radiator and condenser) cleaned

• Check threaded fasteners for looseness, particularly on thechassis, drivetrain components, steering, suspension andbrakes. Retighten them, if required, and torque to the valuesspecified in the ‘Repair Manual’

• We also recommend that the vehicle be checked at theAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for any water entry into thetransmission/axle or the engine

Abrasive material in any part of the brakes may causeexcessive wear or unpredictable braking. You might not havefull braking power when needed leading to accidents. If you have



been operating the vehicle in off-road conditions, get the brakeschecked and cleaned as necessary.

• If any unusual vibration is experienced, check the wheels forimpacted material. Impacted material can cause a wheelimbalance. Get it inspected/corrected as soon as possible

• After driving through deep water, inspect your vehicle fluids andlubricants (engine oil, transmission/transfer case/axle oils) toensure the fluids have not been contaminated

1144..66 TTiippss ffoorr BBeetttteerr FFuueell EEccoonnoommyy

Give due consideration to the points listed below for betterperformance of vehicle and enhancement of fuel economy:

• Smooth, moderate operation will yield savings in fuel

• Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fueleconomy

• Ensure that the parking brake is fully released

• Idling for long periods of time will waste fuel

• Anticipate stopping; slowing down may eliminate the need tostop

• Sudden or hard accelerations reduce fuel economy

• Warming up a vehicle in neutral on cold mornings is not requiredand may reduce fuel economy

• While idling, put the gear shift lever in the neutral position

• Resting your foot on the clutch pedal while driving will reduce fueleconomy

• Combine errands and minimise stop-and-go driving

• Keep tyres properly inflated. It is recommended to check yourtyre pressure in the morning when the tyre is cold

• Use recommended Lubricants. Refer to the MaintenanceSection for specifications and capacities

• Operating with lower quantity or specification may reduce fuelefficiency

• Replace the fuel filter, air filter and AC filter at the recommendedintervals

• Shift gears at the recommended speeds and RPM bands only.Refer to the Gear Shifting Speed table for further details

• Control the maximum speed between 80 and 100 kmph in 6thgear to achieve the best fuel efficiency

• Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and performthe owner maintenance checks recommended

• Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer will reduce fueleconomy

• Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy



• Adding certain accessories to your vehicle may reduce fueleconomy

• Driving on flat terrains offer improved fuel economy ascompared to driving on hilly terrains

• Close windows during high speed driving for better fuel economy

• It is recommended to refuel in the morning (cold ambienttemperature condition)

1144..66..11 HHooww ttoo CCaallccuullaattee FFuueell EEffffiicciieennccyy ((MMiilleeaaggee))

1. Ensure recommended tyre pressure is maintained.

2. Refuel your vehicle till the fuel gun at the fuel station with auto-cut-off.

3. Reset trip meter to zero.

4. Drive at a moderate speed for a minimum distance of 150 km.

5. Refuel at the same fuel station till the auto-cut-off.

6. Assuming ‘a’ litres of fuel was filled and ‘b’ was the trip meterreading. Fuel Efficiency = b/a kmpl.

1144..77 IIggnniittiioonn SSwwiittcchh ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

An illuminator ring is provided on the face of the ignition switch tohelp in locating the ignition switch at night. The ring will illuminatethe moment the driver door is opened and will remain glowing tillthe driver door is closed.

The different positions of the ignition switch are:

LLOOCCKK -- This is the ignition and steering lock position. The vehiclecircuits and engine is completely switched OFF. The steering wheelis also locked and the key can be removed from the ignition only inthis position.

AACCCC -- The steering is unlocked and can be rotated. In this position,all electrical circuits are enabled. Use this mode when you want tolisten to music, etc., with the engine temporarily switched OFF.

OONN -- All electrical circuits are enabled. Some of the warning orinformation lamps illuminate in this position. While some of the



lamps will go out after a few secs., some will continue to remain ONtill the engine is started. When the vehicle is being driven, ignitionswitch remains in the ON position.

Do not leave the ignition in ON when the engine is OFF. Thiscould lead to battery drain and ignition switch damage.

SSTTAARRTT -- This position is to start the engine by cranking the startermotor. This is a momentary position. When the key is turned tostart position, the starter cranks the engine. Once the engine isrunning, release the key, and the key reverts back to ON positionand the starter motor disengages from the engine.

Do not continue cranking after the engine has started. This willlead to damage of the starter and other engine components.

If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering wheel from sideto side and try again.

The key can be removed only in the LOCK position. When thekey is removed, the steering column lock is activated and thesteering wheel cannot be turned.

Never return the key to the LOCK position or try to remove thekey, when the vehicle is in motion. Removing the key allows thesteering wheel to lock. You will lose the control of the vehicleand may cause serious accident. Remove the key only when thevehicle is parked.

KKeeyy lleefftt wwaarrnniinngg bbuuzzzzeerr

When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is notremoved from lock set, the buzzer will sound to alert you that thekey is not removed. The buzzer will automatically turn off whenclosing the door or key is removed. After this, the buzzer will notsound even though the door is opened again.

1144..88 PPeeddaallss

A Accelerator Pedal B Brake Pedal C Clutch Pedal



1144..99 TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn

The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat rough. Thisis a normal phenomenon, and precision shifts will develop within theinitial few hundred kilometres of running.

1144..99..11 GGeeaarr LLeevveerr

Your vehicle is fitted with manual transmission having six forwardand one reverse gear. This shift pattern is imprinted on the gearlever knob. The transmission is fully synchronised in all forwardgears, so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easilyaccomplished. The clutch pedal should be depressed fully whileshifting, and then released slowly.

1144..99..22 GGeeaarr IInnddiiccaattoorr

The current gear lever position is indicated in the centre of thespeedometer dial.

1144..99..33 NNeeuuttrraall PPoossiittiioonn

This position stops the transmission of power from the engine todrive axle. With the gear lever in neutral and brakes released, thevehicle can move freely by pushing or towing. The engine can bestarted in this mode. It is always recommended to keep the brakepedal depressed in this position. It is advisable to shift into neutralwhen the vehicle is standstill for longer durations with the engineidling.



Coasting the vehicle with the gear lever in neutral and engineON/OFF is not recommended. In an event of panic braking, youwill not have the power of engine braking to slow down thevehicle. This may lead to personal injury or accident.

Do not leave the vehicle with the gear lever in neutral position.Always engage manual parking brake before leaving the vehicle,to prevent any vehicle movement leading to possible injury to abystander or damage to vehicle.

1144..99..44 GGeeaarrss 11--66

Use the gears 1 to 6 as per vehicle load, road/traffic conditions oras per requirement. The current gear selection is indicated in thecluster.

Always depress the clutch fully before moving the gear leverfrom the current position to any desired position. Perform up-shifts or down-shifts one gear at a time, do not jump gears.

1144..99..55 RReeccoommmmeennddeedd GGeeaarr SShhiiffttiinngg SSppeeeeddss

While driving, shift the gears as per recommended speeds forgetting optimal Fuel Efficiency.

UUppsshhiiffttiinngg

SShhiifftt RRaannggee VVeehhiiccllee RRooaadd SSppeeeedd((kkmmpphh)) TToolleerraannccee ((kkmmpphh))

1-2 17

+/- 22-3 253-4 384-5 535-6 65

DDoowwnnsshhiiffttiinngg

SShhiifftt RRaannggee VVeehhiiccllee RRooaadd SSppeeeedd((kkmmpphh)) TToolleerraannccee ((kkmmpphh))

2-1 14

+/- 23-2 224-3 355-4 486-5 60



Shift gears at suitable road speeds to safeguard thetransmission components. Avoid driving in high RPM’s (>3000RPM).

When parking on an incline, gear alone may not be sufficient toprevent the vehicle from moving. Always set the manual parkingbrake in addition to shifting the gear lever into gear. It is alsorecommended to turn the front wheels towards the road curb.

1144..99..66 RReevveerrssee

This gear is to enable the vehicle to move in the reverse direction.Move the gear lever into this position only after the vehicle hascome to a complete stop and the gear lever is in neutral position.

The reverse lock ring located immediately below the gear shift knobmust be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the reverse(R) position.

To avoid transmission damage, shift into or out of reverse gearonly after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and theengine is at idle speed. It is recommended you waitapproximately for three secs. in neutral gear before shifting intoor out of reverse gear.

For brief stops, e. g. at traffic lights, keep the gear shift inneutral and hold the vehicle with the brake pedal. For prolongedstops, it is recommended to switch OFF the engine and applythe parking brake. When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgradient, do not hold it with the clutch/accelerator; use thebrake to avoid unnecessary clutch wear/heat buildup.

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with accessto an unlocked vehicle. Children could move the gear lever,which could result in an accident or serious injury.



On slippery/wet road surfaces, never downshift in order toobtain braking action. This could result in a wheel slip andreduced vehicle control.

1144..1100 EElleeccttrroonniicc SSttaabbiilliittyy PPrrooggrraamm ((EESSPP)) ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

This system enhances directional control and stability of the vehicleunder various driving conditions. The ESP corrects for over-steeringand under-steering behaviour of the vehicle by applying the brake ofthe appropriate wheel automatically. Engine power may also bereduced to assist in counteracting the condition of over-steer orunder-steer and help the vehicle maintain the desired path.

ESP uses steering angle sensors and YAW rate sensor todetermine the path that the driver intends to steer the vehicle andcompares it to the actual path of the vehicle. When the actual pathdoes not match the intended path, the ESP applies the brake of theappropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the condition of over-steer or under-steer.

OOvveerr--sstteeeerr - When the vehicle is turning more than appropriate forthe steering wheel position.

UUnnddeerr--sstteeeerr - When the vehicle is turning less than appropriate forthe steering wheel position.

The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from actingon the vehicle, nor can it increase the traction afforded byprevailing road conditions. The ESP cannot prevent accidents,including those resulting from excessive speed in turns, drivingon very slippery surfaces, or hydroplaning. Only a safe, attentive,and skilful driver can prevent accidents. The capabilities of anESP-equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless ordangerous manner that could jeopardise the user’s safety orthe safety of others.

1144..1100..11 EESSPP OONN

Whenever the vehicle is started, the ESP system will be in activemode. This mode should be used for most driving conditions.

When the ESP is in operation, ESP indicator lampblinks in the instrument cluster.

When the ESP is operating, you can feel a slight pulsation in thevehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicatesnothing unusual.

When moving out of the mud or slippery road, acceleratorresponse may be different because ESP system controls theengine RPM to come out of this slippery road condition. This isnormal.



1144..1100..22 EESSPP OOFFFF

In some driving conditions, to maximise traction, it may be beneficialto de-activate ESP.

Such conditions are:

• To start in deep snow or on a loose surface

• Driving in deep sand

• Driving through deep mud etc.

To de-activate ESP, press ESP OFF button on thecentral bezel switch bank. Once ESP OFF mode isselected, a warning indicator illuminates in the

instrument cluster.

Press ESP OFF button again to activate ESP function.

Mahindra recommends that ESP be operational in all normaldriving conditions.

When ESP is in OFF mode, other functions like HHC (Hill HoldControl), HBA (Hydraulic Brake Assist), HDC (Hill DescentControl), DTC (Drag Torque Control), ROM (Roll Over Mitigation)will be in working mode.

However, for safety reasons, if the ESP system detects that thevehicle is going into a unstable condition, ESP will beautomatically activated on depressing the brake pedal

ESP, by default, will be in ON condition for every ignition cycle.

If the ESP indicator blinks while driving, it indicatesthat ESP is working. If this indicator illuminatescontinuously, it indicates a malfunction in the ESP

system. Drive carefully to the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealerand get the ESP system checked.

1144..1100..33 UUpphhiillll aanndd DDoowwnnhhiillll DDrriivviinngg

To prevent the engine from labouring at a low RPM when drivinguphill gradients or with your vehicle heavily loaded, downshift whennecessary to maintain engine RPM within the best torque range.Similarly, while driving downhill, downshift to utilise the enginebraking in an optimum manner.

1144..1111 EEnnggiinnee IIddlliinngg

The idle speed is controlled automatically and it will decrease as theengine warms up.

Observe that all warning lamps are OFF when the engine is running.

After idling for a few secs, follow the below steps to drive away:

1. Release the parking brake.

2. Depress the clutch.

3. Shift the gear lever to 1st gear.



4. Release the service brake pedal.

5. Drive by releasing the clutch and depressing the acceleratorpedal simultaneously.

1144..1111..11 EEnnggiinnee IIddlliinngg -- IInn CCoolldd WWeeaatthheerr

Avoid full throttle operation when the engine is cold and prolongedidling at low ambient temperatures. Long periods of idling may beharmful to your engine. Combustion chamber temperatures candrop so low that the fuel may not burn completely. Incompletecombustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston rings andinjector nozzles. Also, the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase,diluting the oil and causing rapid wear to the engine.

You must fuel this vehicle with Ultra Low Sulphur Diesel. Forsmooth functioning and reliable operation of the engine during coldweather conditions, use winter diesel for refuelling which is availableat filling stations during winter months. Check with your fuel retailerfor details.

The recommended engine coolant mixture will work fine till ambienttemperatures do not drop below -32ºC approx. For ensuring aboveperformance, it is a must that you use only recommended enginecoolant.

1144..1122 CCrruuiissee CCoonnttrrooll ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without the needto keep your foot on the accelerator pedal. It should be used forcruising on straight, open highways. Never use it for city driving,inclines, winding roads, slippery roads, heavy rain or in bad weatherconditions.

It works on the closed loop system principle to maintain the setspeed of the vehicle; the system controls the fuel injection of theengine in order to maintain the set speed.

A Cruise ON/OFF C Cruise Set +/-

B Voice Command D Resume

Cruise control enhances your comfort while driving and allows youto effortlessly maintain the desired lane speed limit. Improper use ofthe cruise control can lead to an accident.



Cruise control is designed to operate above a vehicle speed of35 kmph for all gears except 1st and reverse gears. The cruiselamp in the instrument cluster functions only if the cruisecontrol is active.

CCrruuiissee ccoonnttrrooll wwiillll ffuunnccttiioonn oonnllyy uunnddeerr tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg ccoonnddiittiioonnss::

• The vehicle is cruising above 35 kmph

• Engine RPM above 1200 or above 1500

• Clutch pedal released

• Brake pedal released

• Cruise is activated first time in an ignition cycle by SET + button

• Subsequent cruise engagements can be done by RESUME SET+buttons in the same ignition cycle

CCrruuiissee ccoonnttrrooll iiss ddeeaaccttiivvaatteedd uunnddeerr tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg ccoonnddiittiioonnss::

• CRUISE OFF button is pressed

• Brake or clutch pedal depressed

If the vehicle speed exceeds the cruise set speed by 30 kmph byaccelerator pedal intervention

• If vehicle speed is increased by 10 kmph for more than 30 secs.by pressing the accelerator pedal

When Set+/Set- switch is pressed for more than 12 secs. (Inthis case, vehicle will not go into cruise mode in that ignitioncycle. In order to restore the cruise function, switch OFF theignition, wait for 30 secs. and switch ON the ignition)

Cruise influencing error not indicated by Check Engine Lamp,OBD lamp, etc.

1144..1122..11 CCrruuiissee CCoonnttrrooll AAccttiivvaattiioonn

Drive the vehicle to the desired cruising speed (any value greaterthan 35 kmph), press and hold the SET+ button until the cruiselamp in the instrument cluster illuminates.

If cruise is deactivated (e. g. by depressing brake to handle anintervention in the road etc.) in current driving cycle, reactivate theCruise to the last active Cruise Speed by pressing the RESUMEbutton.

Cruise control may not hold the set speed when you are going up ordown hills, and the vehicle may come out of cruise control. This isindicated by the cruise lamp going OFF in the instrument cluster.

1144..1122..22 CCrruuiissee CCoonnttrrooll DDee--aaccttiivvaattiioonn

You can cancel cruise control in any of the following ways:

• Press the CRUISE OFF button in the steering wheel

• Press the brake pedal



• Gear selector moved into neutral

• HDC or ESP becomes active

1144..1122..33 SSEETT ++ BBuuttttoonn

SET + Button is used to activate cruise control and also to increasethe cruise set speed.

To increase the speed in very small amounts, press the SET +Button. Each time you press, the cruise set speed increases byabout 2 kmph. When you wish to continuously increase the cruisingspeed, press and hold the SET + Button and release when thedesired speed is reached.

1144..1122..44 SSEETT -- BBuuttttoonn

To decrease the speed in small amounts, press the SET - Button.Each time you press, the cruise set speed decreases by about 2kmph.

When you wish to continuously decrease the cruising speed, pressand hold the SET- Button. When the desired speed is reached,release the button.

If switch is pressed for more than 12 secs., the switch isassumed to be malfunctioning and the cruise functionality

ceases to function in that ignition cycle. To resume functionality,ignition has to be toggled.

The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assistthe driver during vehicle operation. The driver must at all timesremain alert of road / traffic conditions and responsible for thevehicle brake operation / steering control.

Never activate cruise control in traffic or when driven inadverse road conditions (heavy rains, windy, slippery etc.)

1144..1122..55 VVooiiccee CCoommmmaanndd

Refer to the infotainment e-manual

1144..1122..66 RREESSUUMMEE BBuuttttoonn

With the help of RESUME, you can opt for the previous set cruisingspeed of the vehicle in the same ignition cycle. This is best explainedwith the following example:

1. Assume, you have activated cruise mode and set the vehiclespeed at 50 kmph.

2. Due to an obstacle or a sharp turn, you have deactivated thecruise mode by pressing the brake pedal.



3. Vehicle comes out of the cruise mode.

4. When the road condition is suitable to switch over back tocruise control mode, press RESUME button once. The systemactivates the cruise control mode to the previous cruisingspeed of 50 kmph.

5. To resume the previous cruise set speed, the vehicle speedshould be above 35 kmph.

1144..1122..77 OOvveerrrriiddee FFuunnccttiioonn

This function enables user to ramp up the cruising speed toovertake front vehicle.

The cruising speed can be increased by using accelerator pedal.User has to complete this action within 30 secs. to maintain thecruise mode. If user exceeds the 30 secs. limit, cruise mode will bedeactivated.

1144..1133 FFuueell

FFoorr DDiieesseell VVaarriiaanntt -- Use only commercially available vehicular Ultra-low Sulphur Highway Diesel that meets the BIS standard (diesel fuelconforming to IS 1460:2017 BS-IV specification or equivalent).Information on diesel quality can normally be found in the fuel pump.Please contact filling station personnel in case labels in the pumpcannot be found.

FFoorr PPeettrrooll VVaarriiaanntt -- Use only commercially available Petrol fuelconforming to Indian Standard (IS 2798: 2010 BS-IV specificationor equivalent). Information on Petrol quality can normally be found inthe fuel pump. Please contact filling station personnel in case labelsin the pump cannot be found.

Do not fill the fuel tank or mix the fuel with gasoline, alcohol-based fuels, kerosene, etc. This will damage the engine, fuel andexhaust system components.

If you have accidentally filled the fuel tank with incorrect or non-approved fuel, do not start the vehicle. Contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer to have the fuel system drained completely.

1144..1133..11 FFuueelllliinngg dduurriinngg WWiinntteerr

During freezing weather, if fuel is not winterised or is insufficientlywinterised, waxing/gelling may start in fuel, leading to interruptionin fuel supply to engine. For smooth functioning and reliableoperation of the engine during cold weather conditions, use



winterised ULSD which are available at the filling stations duringwinter months. Check with your fuel retailer for further details.

Avoid inhaling fuel vapours and any skin or clothing contact.Direct skin contact with diesel or the inhalation of fuel vapourmay affect your health.

Diesel is highly flammable and poisonous. It burns violently andcan cause serious injury. Never allow sparks, flames or smokingmaterials near diesel. Turn OFF the engine before refuelling.Whenever you are around diesel, extinguish all smokingmaterials.

1144..1133..22 MMiinniimmuumm FFuueell RReeqquuiirreemmeenntt

It is recommended maintaining a minimum of 10 litres of fuel in thefuel tank. Driving the vehicle till the fuel tank is empty is notrecommended. Always have sufficient fuel in the tank. Check thefuel level prior to starting your journey.

Never carry fuel in separate containers in the vehicle, it isdangerous and may lead to inadvertent fuel leak or spillage.

1144..1133..33 FFuueell--LLiidd OOppeenniinngg aanndd CClloossiinngg

Open the fuel filler door by pulling up the release lever located onthe lower left side of the driver seat.

Open the fuel filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.

Hang the fuel filler cap on the holder mounted on the back of the lid.After refuelling, turn the cap clockwise until you hear a “click”, andclose the lid by pushing it back.



1155 WWHHEEEELLSS AANNDD TTYYRREESS

1155..11 TTyyrree IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn

AA RADIAL TYRES OR BIAS-PLY TYRE

BB “TUBELESS” OR “TUBE TYPE”

CC TYRE SIZE

DD MAX. LOAD LIMIT

EE TREAD WEAR

1155..22 TTyyrree RRaattiinngg

Your vehicle is originally equipped with tyres supplied by a reputablemanufacturer. If you ever have any questions regarding your tyres,please refer to literature supplied by the tyre manufacturer, or tothe separate tyre warranty provided by the tyre manufacturer. Youmay also contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer directly, or the tyremanufacturer.

The tyre rating of XUV300 is:

• 205/65/R16 – W4/W6

• 215/55/R17 – W8/W8(O)

Tyre rating is explained as below:

WWHHEEEELLSS AANNDD TTYYRREESS


TTyyrree ssiizzee ((EExxaammppllee:: 221155//6655 RR1166 9988HH))

CCaalllloouutt ((AA)) :: 221155 ((TThhrreeee--ddiiggiitt nnuummbbeerr)) :: This number gives the widthin millimetres of the tyre from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. This iscalled as “Section Width”.

CCaalllloouutt ((BB)) :: 6655 ((TTwwoo--ddiiggiitt nnuummbbeerr)) :: This number, known as theaspect ratio, gives the tyres ratio of height to section width.

CCaalllloouutt ((CC)) :: RR :: This is the Tyre Construction Code. The “R” standsfor Radial.

CCaalllloouutt ((DD)) :: 1166 ((TTwwoo--ddiiggiitt nnuummbbeerr)) :: This number is the wheel or rimdiameter in inches.

CCaalllloouutt ((EE)) :: 9955 ((TTwwoo oorr tthhrreeee--ddiiggiitt nnuummbbeerr)) :: This number is the tyresload index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tyre cansupport.

CCaalllloouutt ((FF)) :: HH :: Tyre speed rating or speed symbol. Never drive thevehicle faster than the tyre speed rating. The speed rating denotesthe speed at which a tyre is designed to be driven for extendedperiods of time under a standard condition of load and inflationpressure.

1155..22..11 SSppeeeedd RRaattiinngg

SSPPEEEEDDSSYYMMBBOOLL

MMAAXX.. SSPPEEEEDDCCAAPPAABBIILLIITTYY SSPPEEEEDD

SSYYMMBBOOLL

MMAAXX.. SSPPEEEEDDCCAAPPAABBIILLIITTYY

KKMM//HHRR KKMM//HHRR

L 120 T 190

M 130 U 200

N 140 H 210

P 150 V 240

Q 160 W 270

R 170 Y 300

S 180 Z 240+



1155..33 TTyyrree LLaabbeell ((VVeehhiiccllee PPllaaccaarrdd))

Tyre Label (Vehicle Placard) is located on the driver side inner B-pillar. This placard tells you important information about tyre sizedesigned for your vehicle, and the tyre inflation pressures for thefront & rear tyres.

XXUUVV330000 VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCOOLLDD TTYYRREE IINNFFLLAATTIIOONN PPRREESSSSUURREEbbaarr//ppssii//kkPPaa

TTYYRREE205/65/R16 – W4/W6

215/55/R17 – W8/W8(O)

RR 1166 2.2 / 32 / 220 (Front and Rear)

RR 1177 2.2 / 34 /220 (Front and Rear)

Never overload your vehicle. Overloading can cause tyre failure,affect vehicle handling, and increase your stopping distance,resulting in an accident and/or serious personal injury.

Improper inflated tyres can adversely affect vehicle handling orcan fail unexpectedly, resulting in an accident and/or seriouspersonal injury.

1155..44 TTyyrree PPrreessssuurree

Proper Tyre inflation pressure is essential to the safe andsatisfactory operation of your vehicle. Three primary areas areaffected by improper Tyre pressure:

• Safety

• Economy

• Ride Comfort and Vehicle Stability

Proper Tyre inflation contributes to a comfortable and safe ride.Overinflating produces a jarring and uncomfortable ride. Bothunderinflation and overinflation affect the stability of the vehicle andcan produce a feeling of sluggish response or over responsivenessin the steering. Unequal Tyre pressures can cause erratic andunpredictable steering response or may cause the vehicle to driftleft or right.



Improper inflation pressures can cause uneven wear patterns todevelop across the Tyre tread. These abnormal wear patterns willreduce tread life resulting in a need for earlier Tyre replacement.Under inflation also increases Tyre rolling resistance and results inhigher fuel consumption.

The proper cold Tyre inflation pressure is listed in the TyreLabel (Vehicle Placard), located on the front passenger sideinner B-pillar.

1155..44..11 IInnssppeeccttiioonn aanndd AAddjjuussttmmeenntt PPrroocceedduurree

The Tyre pressure should be checked and adjusted, as well asinspected for signs of Tyre wear or visible damage, at least once amonth. Use a good quality pressure gauge to check Tyre pressure.Do not make a visual judgement when determining proper inflation.Radial Tyres may look properly inflated even when they areunderinflated. At the same time, each Tyre should be inspected forsigns of Tyre wear or visible damage.

Inflation pressures specified on the placard are always cold Tyreinflation pressures. Cold Tyre inflation pressure is defined as theTyre pressure after the vehicle has not been driven for at leastthree hours, or driven less than 1 km after a three-hour period.Check Tyre pressures more often if subject to a wide range ofoutdoor temperatures, as Tyre pressures vary with temperaturechanges. Tyre pressures change by approximately 1 psi (7 kPa) per

7°C of air temperature change. Keep this in mind when checkingTyre pressure inside a garage, especially in the winter.

When it was new, the spare Tyre in your vehicle was fully inflated.However, a spare Tyre can lose pressure over time. In order toavoid being stranded, check the spare Tyre air pressure frequently.

1155..44..22 IInnffllaattiinngg YYoouurr TTyyrreess

Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your Tyres are properlyinflated. Remember that a Tyre can lose up to half of its airpressure without appearing flat.

At least once a month or before long trips, inspect each Tyre andcheck the Tyre pressure with a Tyre gauge (including spare Tyre).Inflate all Tyres to the recommended inflation pressure.

Under-inflation is the most common cause of Tyre failures andmay result in severe Tyre cracking, tread separation or“blowout,” with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increasedrisk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing androlling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damageto the Tyre. It also may result in unnecessary Tyre stress,irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents.

Always inflate your Tyres to the recommended pressure even if it isless than the maximum inflation pressure information found on theTyre. The recommended Tyre inflation pressure is found on the Tyre



Label which is located on the front passenger side inner B-pillar.Failure to follow the Tyre pressure recommendations can causeuneven tread wear patterns and adversely affect the way yourvehicle handles.

If you overfill the Tyre, release air by pushing the metal stem inthe centre of the valve. Then recheck the pressure.

After inspecting or adjusting the Tyre pressure, always reinstalthe valve stem cap (if equipped). This will prevent moisture anddirt from entering the valve stem, which could damage thestem, resulting in an unexpected loss of Tyre pressure, anaccident and/or personal injury.

1155..44..33 RRaaddiiaall PPllyy TTyyrreess

Combining radial ply Tyres with other types of Tyres on yourvehicle will cause your vehicle to handle poorly, resulting in anaccident and/or personal injury. Always use radial Tyres in setsof four. Never combine them with other types of Tyres.

Cuts and punctures in radial Tyres are repairable only in thetread area because of sidewall flexing. Consult your AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for radial Tyre repairs.

1155..44..44 TTrreeaadd WWeeaarr IInnddiiccaattoorrss ((TTWWII))

Tread wear indicators are moulded into the bottom of the treadgrooves. They will appear as bands when the tread depth becomes1/16 inch (2 mm). When the indicators appear in two or moreadjacent grooves, the Tyre should be replaced.

Avoid abrupt manoeuvring and braking. This can cause Tyredeterioration and lead to loss of steering or braking control.

1155..44..55 LLiiffee ooff TTyyrree

The service life of a Tyre is dependent upon various factorsincluding but not limited to:

• Driving style

• Tyre pressure

• Distance driven

Tyres and the spare Tyre should be replaced after six years,regardless of the remaining tread. Failure to follow this warningcan result in sudden and unexpected Tyre failure, leading to anaccident and/or personal injury.



Keep dismounted Tyres in a cool, dry place with as littleexposure to light as possible. Protect Tyres from contact withoil, grease and fuels.

Do not use a Tyre, wheel size or speed rating other than thatspecified for your vehicle on the Tyre placard. Combinations ofunapproved Tyres and wheels may change suspensiongeometric and performance characteristics, resulting inchanges to steering, handling and braking of your vehicle. Thiscan cause unpredictable handling, stress to steering andsuspension components. You could lose control of the vehicleor the Tyre can unexpectedly fail, resulting in an accident and/or personal injury.

Replacing original Tyres with Tyres of a different size may resultin false speedometer and odometer readings.

1155..44..66 SSnnooww CChhaaiinnss

Snow chains cannot be used on these Tyres.

In case of harsh winter driving conditions, it is recommendedusing winter Tyres with the same specifications for betterstability, safety and performance.

1155..55 TTyyrree RRoottaattiioonn RReeccoommmmeennddaattiioonnss

TTyyppee 11 -- AApppplliiccaabbllee ffoorr aallll 55 SStteeeell

Tyres on the front and rear axles of vehicles operate at differentloads and perform different steering, handling, and brakingfunctions. For these reasons, they wear at unequal rates anddevelop irregular wear patterns.

Rotation will increase tread life, help to maintain mud, snow, andwet traction levels, and contribute to a smooth, quiet ride. Followthe recommended Tyre rotation frequency for your type of driving.



TTyyppee 22 -- AApppplliiccaabbllee ffoorr 44 AAllllooyy wwhheeeellss aanndd SSppaarree wwhheeeell wwiitthh SStteeeell rriimm

It is recommended rotating the Tyres as per the “MaintenanceSchedule”.

The suggested rotation method is the “forward-cross” shown in thediagram. The benefits of rotation are especially worthwhile withaggressive tread designs such as those on On/Off-road type Tyres.

Rotation will increase tread life, help to maintain mud, snow, andwet traction levels, and contribute to a smooth, quiet ride. Followthe recommended Tyre rotation frequency for your type of driving.More frequent rotation is permissible if desired. The reasons forany rapid or unusual wear should be corrected prior to rotationbeing performed.

1155..55..11 CChhaannggiinngg aa FFllaatt TTyyrree

Refer to “If you have a Flat Tyre” section in the general chapter fordetails.

1155..55..22 WWhheeeell TTiigghhttnneessss

When you change a wheel, remove all rust and dirt at all locationswhere the wheel contacts the wheel hub. Use a scraper or wirebrush to be sure that you remove all rust and dirt. A loose wheelcould have damaged or elongated the holes in the rim, or damagedthe rim/hub assembly. If any of the wheel studs or nuts aredamaged, contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Always tighten the nuts in a criss-cross sequence. Never use oilor grease on your wheel studs or nuts.

Never overtighten the nuts on the wheel stud. You coulddamage the stud or the nut.

Torque tighten the wheel nuts to the specified value at thenearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer .

The tyres fitted in this vehicle meet the requirements of BIS andthey comply with the requirements under the Central MotorVehicles Rules (CMVR) 1989.



1155..66 TTiirreettrroonniiccss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

TPMS is an electronic system designed to monitor the air pressureinside the pneumatic tyres. This system will alert the driver if thetyre pressure falls below the low pressure warning limit for anyreason, including low temperature effects and natural pressureloss through the tyre.

The TPMS will continue to alert the driver and will not turn off untilthe tyre pressure is inflated to the recommended pressure.

1155..66..11 OOppeerraattiioonn ooff TTPPMMSS

TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronicsensors to monitor tyre pressure . Sensors mounted to the valvestem of each wheel, transmit tyre pressure readings to thereceiver module. Receiver module i will communicate thisinformation to the instrument cluster and infotainment system.

Tyre locations will display as OK, if all tyre pressure andtemperature are in the recommended range except for spare tyre(User Shall verify spare tyre pressure, in certain conditions systemmay not update pressure for Spare tire correctly)

The User can press show all button is HMI to see pressure andtemperature for all running tyres.

The TPMS has been customized only for the manufacturer’sgenuine tyres and wheels. TPMS pressure limits and warningmessages have been established for the tyre size equipped on yourvehicle. Replacement of manufacturer’s parts with a different size,type or style of components may damage the sensor and lead toincorrect readings. Do not use aftermarket tyre sealants orbalance beads if your vehicle is equipped with TPMS. Failure tocomply may lead to sensor damage. The TPMS is not intended toreplace normal tyre care and maintenance or to provide warning ofa tyre failure or condition.



The TPMS should not be used as a tyre pressure gauge whileadjusting vehicle tyre pressure.

Driving with under-inflated tyres cause the tyres to overheat andmay lead to tyre failure.

Under-inflated tyres reduce fuel efficiency, tyre tread life and mayaffect the vehicle's maneuverability & braking ability.

The TPMS is not a substitute for tyre maintenance, it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tyre pressure using an accuratepressure gauge, even if under- inflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS warning indicator.

1155..66..22 TTiirreettrroonniiccss WWaarrnniinngg LLaammpp

TPMS warning lamp will blink for 90 seconds and remain ON in theinstrument cluster , if any of the below mentioned condition occursin thetyres;

• Sensor signal missing

• Sensor faulty

If above condition occurs, contact the nearest AuthorizedMahindra Dealer for further assistance.

The Warning (Alert)is also displayed on the infotainment screen asbelow

Examples of TPMS warning lamp illumination and correspondinginfotainment screen display;

• Low pressure warning sets whenever current tyre temperatureis less than low pressure threshold ( Low Pressure threshold willchange with respect to current tire Temperature



• High pressure (> 44psi /3.031 bar)

• Air leakage (> 3 psi/sec /0.25 bar/sec)

• High temperature (>85DegC)

1155..66..33 TTiirreettrroonniiccss LLeeaarrnniinngg

After a tyre rotation or TPMS sensor replacement, the receivermust be learnt, else the TPMS warning lamp indicates amalfunction.



TPMS learning: Trip button which is located in Below Infotainmentsystem as shown in above fig.

1155..66..44 TTiirreettrroonniiccss LLeeaarrnniinngg PPrroocceedduurree

1. Press the Trip button and turn ignition ON along with thebutton pressed and release Trip button after 3 sec ( IGNON).. The infotainment screen displays as above and TPMSwarning lamp in the cluster starts blinking & vehicle sirenand Turn lamp turn On for two pulse.

2. Start removing air from front left tyre, once the tyre getslearnt, vehicle alarm and hazard lamps flash once. Theinfotainment screen display is as below.

3. Repeat the above step for front right tyre, rear right tyreand rear left tyre (in the same order). Correspondinginfotainment screen displays are as below.



4. Start removing air from spare tyre. Once the tyre getslearnt, vehicle alarm and hazard lamps flash 3 times toindicate all the tyres were learnt. The infotainment screendisplay is as below indicating all tyres were learntsuccessfully.

If there were any problem in learning, the alarm and hazard lampsflash 4 times to indicate the tyre learning was not complete.

1155..66..55 TTyyrree SSwwaapp

If a tyre was swapped with the spare tyre, system alerts the userthrough infotainment as below

TPMS warning lamp will continue to glow if the spare tyre is havingany pressure or temperature alert. Please note, if swapping isdone for more than one tyre or with the other running tyres,system cannot identify the same and the system needs to berelearned.

If any one of the running tyres goes faulty, spare tyre is swappedwith the running tyre and the vehicle is driven, then:

• the system automatically recognizes the swap

• interchanges the running tyre and spare tyre data



1155..66..66 RReeccoommmmeennddeedd PPllaaccaarrdd VVaalluuee

Ambient Temp DEG C Recommended Prec Front & Rear

<0 28.0

10.0 29.1

20.0 30.6

30.0 32.0

40.0 33.5

50.0 34.9

60.0 36.4

If the vehicle was previously halted for more than 45 min & isdriven less than 15 min before filling the air then the tires shallbe filled to the respective placard as per the ambienttemperature else to the next placard value.

Example: if a vehicle was halted at a ambient of 30 deg c for 50min and driven to a air filling station within 5 min thenrespective play cared value will be 32.0 PSI for front & Rear.Else 33.5 PSI.



1166 EEMMEERRGGEENNCCIIEESS

1166..11 HHaazzaarrdd WWaarrnniinngg FFllaasshheerrss

The hazard warning flasher button is located in the central bezelswitch bank. Press the button to turn ON the hazard warningflashers, all directional turn signals will flash to warn oncomingtraffic. This is an emergency warning system and should be usedonly when there is an emergency. Use it when your vehicle isdisabled and is a safety hazard for other motorists. Hazard warningflasher will work in all positions of the ignition key and even when thevehicle is fully locked.

With extended use, the hazard warning flasher may drain yourvehicle battery.

1166..22 VVeehhiiccllee DDooeess NNoott SSttaarrtt -- CChheecckkss

Before making these checks, make sure you have followed thecorrect starting procedure and that you have sufficient fuel.

IIff tthhee eennggiinnee iiss nnoott ccrraannkkiinngg oorr iiss ccrraannkkiinngg ttoooo sslloowwllyy // iinntteerrmmiitttteennttllyy

1. Check that the battery terminals are tight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are firmly fastened, switch ON theinterior lamps.

3. If the lamps do not illuminate, glow dim or go OFF when thestarter is cranked, then it indicates a weak or dischargedbattery. Try jumpstarting. Follow ‘jumpstarting’ instructionsgiven later in this chapter.

4. Check the fuses in the Engine Compartment Fuse Box andCentral Fuse Box.

IIff tthhee eennggiinnee ccrraannkkss nnoorrmmaallllyy,, bbuutt ddooeess nnoott ssttaarrtt

1. If the lamp illumination is normal, engine is cranking normally,but the engine does not start even after repeated cranking, itneeds adjustment or repair. Contact an Authorised MahindraDealer.

2. During winter, use non-winter diesel or due to extreme coldconditions, the vehicle may not start. Contact an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer for further assistance.

EEMMEERRGGEENNCCIIEESS


To prevent damage to the starter, do not crank the enginefor more than 15 secs. at a time. Wait 10 to 15 secs.before trying again.

IIff tthhee eennggiinnee ssttaallllss wwhhiillee ddrriivviinngg

Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Movecautiously off the road to a safe place. Turn ON your hazard warningflashers and check for any malfunction lamps in the instrumentcluster. Turn the ignition OFF, wait for approximately 90 secs. andtry starting the engine again. If the vehicle still does not start,contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

If the engine stalls while running, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will be much harder than usual.

IIff tthhee eennggiinnee ssppeeeedd ddooeess nnoott iinnccrreeaassee

If the engine speed does not increase when the accelerator pedal isdepressed, there may be a problem in the Engine ManagementSystem, electrical or electronic controls. In case of certain faults,the engine may go to limp home mode, which is indicated by thecheck engine lamp. Have your vehicle checked by an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

1166..33 VVeehhiiccllee OOvveerrhheeaattiinngg

If the needle in the temperature gauge in the instrument cluster isall the way up to the H and/or the high engine coolant temperaturewarning lamp is ON, your engine has overheated.

If the engine is getting overheated, the Engine Management Systemreduces engine power substantially and may even shut the engineOFF; it is dangerous to continue driving when the engine hasoverheated. You need to first cool the engine down before startingto drive again.

Follow the below instructions to cool the engine down:

• Progressively reduce the vehicle speed and bring the vehicle to astop at the side of the road

• Turn ON the hazard warning flashers

• Keep the engine running at idle

• Engage the parking brake

• Switch off the air-conditioner

• Wait till the engine coolant temperature drops sufficiently suchthat the needle in the temperature gauge is around halfwaybetween C and H



Now switch the engine OFF and carefully open the bonnet/hood tovisibly inspect the engine cooling system parts. Be cautious whiledoing an inspection as vehicle parts will still be too hot. Verify thatthe engine coolant level in the coolant recovery tank is maintainedbetween the 'Min' and 'Max' mark. Check for possible fluid leakages.Check for damages to heat exchangers and connecting hoses. Alsoverify that the radiator shrouds, engine fan blades and the enginebelt all are in good condition.

If any evidence of failure is observed, contact the nearestAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for help. In case, no system leakage/failure is suspected, driving can be continued.

Either due to severe operating conditions or due to any systemleakages or failures, the engine can get overheated. However, if theengine is getting overheated repeatedly, even in normal operatingconditions, get the vehicle checked by an Authorised MahindraDealer as soon as possible.

Refer to the 'High Engine Coolant Temperature' section underthe 'Features and Control' chapter for details.

If the high engine coolant temperature warning is ignored, theengine shuts OFF abruptly to safeguard engine componentsfrom overheating and consequent failure. Abrupt engine shut-off can lead to uncontrollable driving condition and accidents.

Stay clear of hot and rotating vehicle parts while visuallyinspecting the vehicle. The coolant inside the cooling system isunder high pressure and temperature. Never open thepressure cap of the degassing tank when the engine is hot. Nottaking precautions may lead to serious injury to your skin/eyes.

For optimum performance of the cooling system, you mustmaintain the required coolant level and use only recommendedengine coolant.

1166..44 JJuummppssttaarrttiinngg

If your vehicle's battery has run down, you may be able to start theengine by using a standalone booster battery or a vehicle with agood condition battery.

But before going ahead with this procedure ensure that the batteryis the cause of vehicle not starting. To confirm this, few simple testscan be conducted as follows:

• CChheecckk tthhee hheeaaddlliigghhttss -- Are they dim or bright? If they are dim, it'slikely your battery is dead. If your headlights are bright, you do nothave a dead battery and a jumpstart may not help.

• TTrryy ttoo ssttaarrtt yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee -- Does it turn over very slowly, or does itcrank quickly? If it cranks quickly, you do not have a dead batteryand a jumpstart may not help. If it cranks slowly, or not at all, youprobably have a dead battery.



Open the bonnet and locate the battery (near the left side fender).Identify the positive and negative terminals:

• The positive terminal will be marked with a plus sign (+) and willusually have a RREEDD cable attached on it

• The negative terminal will be marked with a minus sign (-) and willusually have a BBLLAACCKK cable attached to it

Check the physical condition of the battery. Inspect batteries forcracks, leaks or any other damage. If you find any of these things, donot jumpstart the vehicle. Call Mahindra Road Side Assistance orreplace the battery. If the weather is very cold, remove the refillcaps and check the condition of the electrolyte. If it seems slushy orlike ice, do not attempt jumpstarting until it thaws.

1. Park the working vehicle near the disabled vehicle. Park thevehicle in such a way that the distance between both vehiclebatteries is as small as practical. Turn off the engine, radio,lights, A/C, fans and all other electrical components. Makesure that all of these things are OFF in the disabled vehicle, too

Don't let the vehicles touch each other.

2. Wear safety gear (goggles or face guard and gloves) if youhave it.



It may be necessary to remove the disabled vehicle’sbattery cables from the battery terminals and clean bothcables and terminals. Use a stiff wire brush to remove allcorrosion. Reconnect the cables to the battery terminalsand jump the vehicle.

3. Untangle and unwind your jumper cables. Like your batteries,your jumper cables will probably have red and black cables andwill have heavy duty clamps to connect to the batteryterminals. You must make sure that the red and black ends ofyour jumper cables never touch each other once they areconnected to the batteries; permitting them to do so canresult in serious arcing and/or damage to one or bothvehicles.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the order described below:

• Connect one red clamp to the positive (+) terminal of thedead battery/disabled vehicle

• Connect the other red clamp to the positive (+) terminal ofthe good battery

• Connect one black clamp to the negative (-) terminal of thegood battery

• Connect the other black clamp to a piece of grounded metalon the dead vehicle, preferably shiny metal (not painted oroily) that is attached to the engine. Usually a nut, bolt orother protruding shiny metal will work. You may see a small

spark when you connect to a good ground. As a last resort,you may connect to the negative (-) post of the dead battery,but this risks igniting hydrogen gas coming off the battery

Make sure none of the cables are dangling into the enginecompartment, where they could be exposed to movingparts.

5. Start the working vehicle. Let it idle for a few minutes. Rev theengine a little above idle for 30 to 60 secs.. You do this tocharge the battery in the dead vehicle. A good cleanconnection between the battery cables and the batteryterminals is essential.

6. Try to start the disabled vehicle. If it does not start, shut theengine off and disconnect the last connection temporarily whileyou slightly twist or wiggle each of the four clamps to helpensure a good electrical connection. Restart the working



vehicle again. Allow another 5 minutes for charging beforeattempting to start the disabled vehicle. If this does not workafter a few tries, you may need to have the vehicle towed orthe battery replaced.

7. Remove the jumper cables once the vehicle starts. Do this inthe reverse of the order in which they were attached, and don'tlet any of the cables or clamps touch each other (or dangleinto the engine compartment)

• Disconnect the black clamp from the grounded metal onthe dead vehicle

• Disconnect the black clamp from the negative (-) terminal ofthe good battery

• Disconnect the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal ofthe good battery

• Disconnect the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal ofthe dead battery

Replace any positive (+) red post protective covers if applicable(You have had to remove or open these in the beginning)These covers help prevent accidental short circuiting of thebattery.

8. Keep the recently-disabled vehicle's engine running. Run thevehicle above idle (slightly revved up with your foot on theaccelerator). This should give the battery enough charge tostart the vehicle again. If it does not, you probably have a deadbattery or a dying alternator.

Improper jumpstarting procedures can result in batteryexplosion and acid burn hazard.

Loosely connected battery cables could damage the electroniccontrol units.

To disconnect battery terminals, wait for at least 2 minutes toallow discharge of high voltage or it could lead to personalinjury.

While disconnecting, always disconnect the -VE terminal firstand while connecting, always connect the -VE terminal last.

Do not connect battery terminals with opposite polarity, it willlead to alternator failure.

Towing a vehicle to start could be dangerous. The vehicle beingtowed could surge forward when the engine starts, causing thetow vehicles to collide, injuring the occupants.

Modern vehicles with electronic management systems shouldnot be jumpstarted without ‘protected’ jumpstarter leads. It isnecessary to refer to the owner's handbook for jumpstartingprocedures for such vehicles.



1166..55 LLiimmpp HHoommee MMooddee

Limp Home Mode is an emergency situation declared by the EMS(Engine Management System) due to failure of one/more criticalsensors/actuators. In this mode, the EMS (Engine ManagementSystem) will revert back to basic minimum requirement (fuelquantity/injection timings) to aid the driver to bring the vehicle backto the nearest workshop. Needless to say, the drivability & fuelconsumption will be greatly affected.

If vehicle acceleration worsens or if there is a drop in vehicleperformance, there might be a malfunction in the enginemanagement system which triggers/activates the Limp HomeMode. This condition is accompanied by the check engine lampilluminating in the instrument cluster. In this mode, the vehiclespeed is limited and the accelerator pedal may not functionnormally. It is recommended you contact an Authorised MahindraDealer immediately for assistance.

1166..66 TToowwiinngg

FFrroonntt TTooww HHooookk



1166..66..11 TToowwiinngg EEqquuiippmmeenntt

TToowwiinngg OOppttiioonnssVVaarriiaanntt

2WDFront Tow hook

Flatbed towing

Towing by all 4 wheels

Sling type towing (front wheel lift) Not recommended

Towing equipment are of two types:

• SSlliinngg--ttyyppee eeqquuiippmmeenntt -- The tow truck uses metal cables withhooks on both ends. These hooks go around parts of the frameor suspension and lift the end of the vehicle off the ground. Thisis not a good method of towing as it may damage the vehicle'ssuspension and body. Avoid a tow with sling type equipment

• FFllaatt--bbeedd eeqquuiippmmeenntt -- Your vehicle is loaded on the back of a truck.This is the safest and best way of towing



1177 MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

1177..11 GGeenneerraall OOwwnneerr''ss IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn

Your vehicle has been designed for fewer maintenancerequirements with longer service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day-to-day care is more important to ensure a smooth, trouble-free, safeand economical operation.

It is the owner's responsibility to make sure the specifiedmaintenance, including general maintenance service is performed.Note that both the new vehicle limited warranty and emissioncontrol system limited warranties specify that proper maintenanceand care must be performed. See Service Coupon Booklet forcomplete warranty information.

WWhheerree ttoo ggoo ffoorr sseerrvviiccee??

Mahindra technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up todate with the latest service information through technical bulletins,service tips and in dealership training programmes. They learn towork on Mahindra vehicles before they work on your vehicle, ratherthan while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Authorised Mahindra Dealer servicedepartment does the best job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle reliably and economically.

GGeett tthhee mmoosstt ffrroomm yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee wwiitthh rroouuttiinnee mmaaiinntteennaannccee

Routine maintenance is the best way to help ensure you get theperformance, dependability, long life and better resale value youexpect from your vehicle. This is exactly why we've put together thisMaintenance Section. It outlines the services required to properlymaintain your vehicle and when they should be performed. Thefocus is on maintaining your vehicle while it's running great, whichgoes a long way toward preventing major repairs and expenseslater.

Here are a few suggestions to help you get started on routinemaintenance:

• Familiarise yourself with your vehicle by going through yourOwner's Manual

• Take a few minutes to review this Maintenance Section

• Make it a habit to use this manual to record scheduledmaintenance in the Service Coupon Booklet

• Consult with your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for all yourvehicle's needs

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE


1177..11..11 SSuuggggeessttiioonnss ffoorr OObbttaaiinniinngg SSeerrvviiccee ffoorr yyoouurrVVeehhiiccllee

PPrreeppaarree ffoorr tthhee AAppppooiinnttmmeenntt

If you have warranty work to be done, be sure to have the rightpapers with you. All work to be performed may not be covered bythe warranty. Discuss additional charges with the service manager.Keep a maintenance log of your vehicle's service history.

PPrreeppaarree aa LLiisstt

Make a written list of your vehicle's problems or the specific workyou want done. If you've had an accident or work done that is not onyour maintenance log, let the service adviser know about it.

BBee RReeaassoonnaabbllee wwiitthh RReeqquueessttss

If you list a number of items and you must have your vehicle by theend of the day, discuss the situation with the service adviser and listthe items in order of priority.

1177..11..22 NNeeeedd AAssssiissttaannccee??

It is recommended talking to an Authorised Mahindra Dealerservice manager first. Most matters can be resolved with thisprocess. If for some reason you are still not satisfied, talk to thegeneral manager or owner of the dealership.

If an Authorised Mahindra Dealer is unable to resolve the concern,you may contact any Mahindra Customer Care Executive. Theywould need the following information:

Owner's name and address, owner's telephone number (home andoffice), Authorised Mahindra Dealer name, Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN), vehicle delivery date and mileage.

1177..11..33 WWaarrrraannttyy IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn

Read the Warranty Information given in the ‘‘WWaarrrraannttyy IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn&& MMaaiinntteennaannccee GGuuiiddee’’ for the terms and provisions of Mahindrawarranties applicable to this vehicle. Mahindra genuine parts, fluids,lubricants and accessories are available at any AuthorisedMahindra Dealer. They will help keep the vehicle operating at itsbest.

1177..11..44 PPrrootteecctt yyoouurr WWaarrrraannttyy

Routine maintenance is not only the best way to help keep yourvehicle performing as intended, it's also the best way to protectyour warranty. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance specifiedin the Service Coupon Booklet will invalidate warranty coverage onparts affected by the lack of maintenance. We can't stress enoughhow important it is to keep records of all maintenance. Damage orfailures due to neglect or lack of proper maintenance are notcovered under warranty.



Keeping mmaaiinntteennaannccee rreeccoorrddss is easy with the service couponbooklet

It's important to document the maintenance of your vehicle. Foryour convenience to maintain records of service, the scheduledmaintenance coupons are provided in the service coupon booklet.Every time you bring your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance, besure to present this booklet and certify the work. Also record thedate of service and mileage at the time of service. This will makerecord keeping easy and, should your vehicle ever require warrantycoverage, you will have all the documentation to show you'veproperly maintained it.

1177..11..55 OOiillss,, FFlluuiiddss aanndd FFlluusshhiinngg

In many cases, fluid discolouration is a normal operatingcharacteristic by itself, and does not necessarily indicate a concernor that the fluid needs to be changed. However, discoloured fluidsthat also show signs of overheating and/or foreign materialcontamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expertsuch as the factory trained technicians at your AuthorisedMahindra Dealer. Your vehicle's oils and fluids should be changed atthe specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair.

1177..11..66 CChheemmiiccaallss aanndd AAddddiittiivveess

Non-Mahindra approved chemicals or additives are not required forfactory recommended maintenance. In fact, Mahindra

recommends against the use of such additive products unlessspecifically recommended by Mahindra for a particular application.

Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complexperformance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systemsusing different specifications and performance features. That's whyit's important to rely on your Authorised Mahindra Dealer toproperly diagnose and repair your vehicle.

When planning your maintenance services, consider yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer for all your vehicle's needs.

1177..11..77 GGeett tthhee mmoosstt ffrroomm yyoouurr SSeerrvviiccee aanndd MMaaiinntteennaanncceevviissiittss

Getting your vehicle serviced at an Authorised Mahindra Dealeradds great value to your vehicle in number of ways. Hence, it isrecommended to service your vehicle at an Authorised MahindraDealer only.

1177..11..88 MMaaiinntteennaannccee IInntteerrvvaall

Mahindra establishes recommended maintenance intervals basedupon engineering testing to determine the most appropriatemileage to perform the various maintenance services. This protectsyour vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you. Mahindrarecommends that you do not deviate from the maintenanceschedules presented in this Maintenance Schedule.



1177..11..99 VVeehhiiccllee SSeellff MMaaiinntteennaannccee -- GGeenneerraall PPrreeccaauuttiioonnss

• Refer to relevant sections of the manual before starting

• Set the parking brake

• Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly

• Turn OFF the engine and remove the key

• Stay clear of hot vehicle parts

• Avoid repeated contact with fluids

• Do not let fuel, coolant and other fluids spill over electrical andhot vehicle parts

• Keep all open flames and other burning material like cigarettesaway from the battery and all fuel-related parts

Do not start/run the engine when any engine/peripheral partsare removed.

1177..22 OOppeenniinngg aanndd CClloossiinngg tthhee HHoooodd

The hood release lever is located in the driver side footwell area,below the instrument panel. To open hood follow the steps below:

1. Pull the lever below the driver side instrument panel to releasethe hood.

2. Lift the hood a little to access the safety latch holding the hoodstriker. This safety latch is located below the hood at thecentre.



3. Lift the safety latch and lift the hood.

4. Hood is supported by a stay rod. Lift the safety latch and lift thehood.

• Do not open the hood immediately after a drive; the enginecompartment will be very hot

• Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away. If it is not latched properly, thehood could open while the vehicle is being driven, causing atotal loss of visibility, resulting in an accident

• Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position,as vision is obstructed

To close the hood, follow the below steps:

1. Remove the stay rod supporting the hood by slightly lifting thehood

2. Bring the hood near to its self-opening/closing position

3. Now, push the hood to close and ensure the primary latch isengaged

4. Before driving off, check hood is locked properly with primarylatch fully engaged

Bonnet Open Hazard - When the bonnet is open and vehicle isin unlock condition:

• Hazard lamps flash continuously to alert the user that thebonnet is open

• Hazard cluster telltale also flashes

To stop the warning, do any one of the following:

— Close the bonnet

— Press the hazard button TWICE

— Change the turn signal stalk position

— Drive the vehicle > 10 kmph



1177..33 EEnnggiinnee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt

DDiieesseell

A Front Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir E Dipstick

B Degassing Tank F Air Filter

C Engine Oil Cap G Battery

D Brake Fluid Reservoir H Engine Compartment Fuse Box



PPeettrrooll

A Front Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir E Dipstick

B Degassing Tank F Air Filter

C Engine Oil Cap G Battery

D Brake Fluid Reservoir H Engine Compartment Fuse Box



Maintenance is classified as below:

• General Maintenance

• Scheduled Maintenance

1177..44 GGeenneerraall MMaaiinntteennaannccee

Exercise extreme caution when the hood is open and engine isON.

Listed below are the general maintenance items that should beperformed frequently. In addition to checking the items listed below,if you notice any unusual noise, fluid leakages, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take your vehicle to your AuthorisedMahindra Dealer or a qualified service shop immediately.

Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you intendto run the engine.

IInn tthhee EEnnggiinnee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt

• Front windshield washer fluid level

• Engine coolant level

• Battery condition

• Brake/Clutch fluid level

• Engine oil level

• Fluid leaks

• Hoses, joints and pipes for any abnormalities

IInnssiiddee tthhee VVeehhiiccllee

• Lights

• Warning lamps

• Windshield wipe and wash

• Steering wheel

• Seats

• Seat belts

• Accelerator pedal

• Brake pedal

• Brakes

• Parking brake

• Gear lever shift mechanism



OOuuttssiiddee tthhee VVeehhiiccllee

• Lamps

• Fluid leaks

• Doors and engine hood latches

• Tyre inflation pressure

• Tyre surface/thread and wheel nuts

1177..55 IInn tthhee EEnnggiinnee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt


Check the engine compartment and the underbody of the vehiclefor any leaks. If you smell fuel vapour or notice any leak, have thecause found and corrected immediately.

1177..55..22 EEnnggiinnee OOiill

Engine oil has the primary functions of lubricating and cooling theinside of the engine. It plays a major role in maintaining the enginein proper working order. Therefore, it is essential to check theengine oil regularly.

1177..55..33 EEnnggiinnee OOiill CCoonnssuummppttiioonn

It is normal for engines to consume some engine oil duringoperation.

Causes of consumption in a normal engine are as follows:

• Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston rings and cylinders. Thinfilms of oil, left over when pistons move in cylinders, are suckedinto the combustion chamber due to high negative pressuregenerated when the vehicle is decelerating. This oil gets burnt inthe combustion chamber

• Oil is also used to lubricate the stems of intake valves. Some ofthis oil is sucked into the combustion chamber together with theintake air and is burnt there

• Engine oil consumption depends on the operating conditions inwhich the vehicle is driven. Oil consumption will be more due tohigh speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration. Anew engine may consume more oil since its pistons, piston ringsand cylinder walls are not conditioned

1177..55..44 CChheecckkiinngg//TTooppppiinngg tthhee EEnnggiinnee OOiill

• Make sure the vehicle is on level ground

• Turn the engine OFF and wait a few minutes for the oil to settledown into the oil sump

• Apply the parking brake



• Open the hood, use stay rod to support the hood. Protectyourself from engine heat

• Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick

• Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth. Insert the dipstick fully, thenremove it again

• If the oil level is between “MMiinn” and “MMaaxx” marks, the oil level isacceptable. DDOO NNOOTT AADDDD OOIILL

• If the oil level is below or near the “Min” mark, add enough oilthrough the oil filler cap to raise the level within the “Min” and“Max” marks. Wait for few minutes after every top-up for the oilto settle down before checking the level

PPeettrrooll

DDiieesseell

• Oil levels above the “Max” mark may cause engine damage/poorperformance

• Put the dipstick and the oil filler cap back and ensure it is fully/properly seated

PPeettrrooll



DDiieesseell

To avoid possible oil loss and injury due to hot blow-by gas, DONOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and/orthe engine oil filler cap removed.

Draining/Changing of engine oil should always be done by anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer.

1177..55..55 CChheecckkiinngg//TTooppppiinngg EEnnggiinnee CCoooollaanntt LLeevveell

• Park the vehicle on flat-horizontal surface. Keep the parkingbrake fully engaged. Shut-off the engine

• Wait till the engine cools down and hence coolant temperaturecomes down to normal room temperature

• The coolant level should be between “MIN” and “MAX” markingprovided on the degassing tank

• In case the coolant level is below the “MIN” marking, the coolantshould be topped-up

• The coolant should be filled till the level rises above the “MIN” butremain below the “MAX” marking on the degassing tank

• However, if the degassing tank is found to be near empty, it isrecommended that the system be checked at an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer



Never open the pressure cap when the engine is hot. Hotcoolant may splash resulting in serious personal injury orsevere burns by the erupting liquid.

Top-up only with recommended Ready To Use (RTU) coolantsfor ensuring performance, anti-freezing and corrosionprotection. Do not add water directly. Mixing with other brandof coolants is not recommended and should be avoided.

Draining or changing of engine coolant should always be doneby an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

1177..55..66 CChheecckkiinngg//TTooppppiinngg BBrraakkee//CClluuttcchh FFlluuiidd

The brake and clutch systems are supplied fluid from the samereservoir.

The brake fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear, and will risewhen the brake components are replaced. Fluid levels between the“MIN” and “MAX” lines are within the normal operating range; thereis no need to add fluid. If the fluid levels are below the “MIN” mark,the performance of the systems could be compromised; the brake/clutch operation could be spongy and gear change harder. Top-upthe recommended brake/clutch fluid till the “MAX” mark or contactan Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

Carefully clean the cap on the reservoir before you remove it and besure no debris fall in the reservoir. Do not keep the reservoir openfor longer than necessary to add brake fluid.

Use only brake/clutch fluid that meets Mahindra specifications.Refer to ‘Lubricant and Capacities’ section.

Draining or changing of brake fluid should always be done by anAuthorised Mahindra Dealer.



1177..55..77 WWiinnddsshhiieelldd WWaasshheerr FFlluuiidd TToopp--uupp

Top-up windshield washer reservoirs as and when required.

The windshield washer tank is located next to the right side headlamp in the engine bay. It supplies fluid to both front and rearwasher.

In very cold weather conditions, fill the reservoir with washer fluidpremixed with anti-freeze.

If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 4.5ºC, usewasher fluid with anti-freeze protection. Failure to use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection in cold weather could result inimpaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury oraccident.

1177..66 MMaaiinntteennaannccee -- IInnssiiddee tthhee VVeehhiiccllee

1177..66..11 LLiigghhttss

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lightsand other lights are all working. Check headlight aim.

1177..66..22 WWaarrnniinngg MMeessssaaggeess aanndd LLaammppss

Check all warning lamps appearing in the instrument cluster andDDAS. Refer to the relevant sections in this manual for furtherdetails.

1177..66..33 SSeeaattss

Check that all seat controls such as seat adjusters, seat backrecliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely inany position. Check that the head restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks hold securely in any latched position.

1177..66..44 SSeeaatt BBeellttss

Check that the seat belt system such as buckles, retractors andanchors operate properly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or damaged.



1177..66..55 AAcccceelleerraattoorr PPeeddaall

Check the pedal for smooth operation, uneven pedal effort orstickiness. Check the foot well and remove obstructions, if any.

1177..66..66 BBrraakkee PPeeddaall

Check the pedal for smooth operation and proper clearance. Checkthe foot well and remove obstructions, if any.

1177..77 MMaaiinntteennaannccee -- OOuuttssiiddee tthhee VVeehhiiccllee

The following checks should be carried out from time to time,unless otherwise specified.

1177..77..11 LLaammppss

Check and ensure proper functioning of all exterior lamps.


Check the engine compartment and the underbody of the vehiclefor any leaks. If you smell fuel vapour or notice any leak, have thecause found and corrected immediately.

1177..77..33 DDoooorrss aanndd EEnnggiinnee HHoooodd

Check all doors and latches including the tailgate for properfunctioning. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch securesthe hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

1177..77..44 TTyyrree IInnffllaattiioonn PPrreessssuurree

Check the Tyre pressure with a pressure gauge every week.

1177..88 BBaatttteerryy

Your vehicle is equipped with a Mahindra genuine battery. Forlonger, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean anddry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightlyfastened to the battery terminals.

If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove thecables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. To preventcorrosion, apply petroleum jelly to the battery terminals. Tightenloose terminals and hold down clamp nuts only enough to keep thebattery firmly in place. Tightening excessively may damage thebattery terminals.



1177..88..11 FFoorr BBeesstt BBaatttteerryy SSeerrvviiccee

• Keep the battery securely mounted

• Keep the battery top clean and dry

• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda

Do not disconnect battery terminals while the engine is running.This will adversely affect all electronic controllers.

While removing the battery, always disconnect the negativeterminal first. And while installing the battery, ensure thenegative terminal is connected last.

It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal bedisconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle foran extended period of time. This will minimise the discharge of yourbattery during storage.

Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution; do not allow batteryacid to contact eyes, skin or clothing. Don't lean over batterywhen attaching clamps or allow the clamps to touch eachother. If acid splashes in the eyes or on the skin, flushcontaminated area immediately with large quantities of water.

A battery generates hydrogen gas which is flammable andexplosive. Keep any flame or spark away from the vent holes.

Keep batteries out of reach of children. Battery posts,terminals and related accessories contain lead and leadcomponents. Wash hands after handling batteries.

If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has beeninstalled, the clock (if equipped) and the preset radio (ifequipped) stations must be reset once the battery isreconnected.

The replacement battery must meet the specification of theoriginally fitted battery.

1177..99 WWiippeerr BBllaaddeess

Lift the wiper arm from its position. Expose the blade lip forinspection. Clean the wiper blade lips with water applied with a softsponge. If the wiper blade is not wiping the glass satisfactorily or isworn-out, cut, cracked or bulging, get it replaced at an AuthorisedMahindra Dealer.



1177..99..11 CChhaannggiinngg tthhee WWiippeerr BBllaaddee

1. Lift the arm and position the wiper blade at right angles to thewiper arm.

2. Press the retaining clip in the opposite direction, disengage thewiper blade and pull it off the arm.

3. Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free ofthe metal support.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber. Then instal the bladeassembly in the reverse order of removal.

To prevent damage to the windshield, don’t let the wiper armslap down on to it.

1177..1100 AAppppeeaarraannccee CCaarree aanndd PPrrootteeccttiioonn

1177..1100..11 WWaasshhiinngg tthhee EExxtteerriioorr

• Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and aneutral pH soap

• Never use strong household detergents or soap, such as dishwashing or laundry liquid. These products can discolour and spotpainted surfaces

• Never wash a vehicle that is ‘hot to the touch’ or duringexposure to strong, direct sunlight

• Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of waterfor best results

• Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in orderto eliminate water spotting



• It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during thewinter months, as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove andcause damage to the vehicle

• Immediately remove items such as Petrol, diesel fuel, birddroppings and insect deposits; they can cause damage to thevehicle's paint work and trim over time

1177..1100..22 EEnnggiinnee CCoommppaarrttmmeenntt

Do not wash the engine or engine compartment withpressurised water.

1177..1100..33 EExxtteerriioorr CChhrroommee

• Wash the vehicle first, using cool or lukewarm water and aneutral pH shampoo

• Use the custom bright metal cleaners, available at yourAuthorised Mahindra Dealer. Apply the product as you wouldwax to clean chrome parts; allow the cleaner to dry for a fewminutes, and then wipe off the haze with a clean, dry rag

• Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic padsas they can leave scratches on the chrome surface

• After polishing the chrome parts, you can also apply a coating ofPremium Liquid Wax, available at your Authorised MahindraDealer, or an equivalent quality product to help protect fromenvironmental effects

1177..1100..44 PPaaiinntt CChhiippss

• Authorised Mahindra Dealers have the exact touch-up paint tomatch your vehicle's colour

• Take your vehicle to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for painttouch-up or paint repairs

• Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insectdeposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout beforerepairing paint chips

• Always read the instructions before using the products



1177..1100..55 AAllllooyy WWhheeeellss aanndd WWhheeeell CCoovveerrss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat of paintfinish. In order to maintain their shine:

• Clean weekly with wheel and Tyre cleaner, which is available atyour Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Heavy dirt and brake dustaccumulation may require agitation with a sponge. Rinsethoroughly with a strong stream of water

• Never apply any cleaning chemicals to hot or warm wheel rimsor covers

• Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheelcleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergents

1177..1100..66 PPllaassttiicc ((NNoonn--ppaaiinntteedd)) EExxtteerriioorr PPaarrttss

Use only approved products to clean plastic parts. These productsare available with your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. You can usethese cleaners:

• For routine cleaning of plastic parts

• For tar or grease spots

• For plastic head lamp lenses

1177..1100..77 WWiinnddoowwss aanndd WWiippeerr BBllaaddeess

The front/rear windshield, side windows and the wiper bladesshould be cleaned regularly. If the wipers do not wipe properly,substances on the vehicle's glass or the wiper blades may be thecause. These may include hot wax treatments used by commercialcar washes, water repellent coatings, tree sap, or other organiccontamination; these contaminants may cause squeaking orchatter noise from the blades, and streaking and smearing of thewindshield.

To clean these items follow these tips:

• The windshield, rear windows and side windows may be cleanedwith a non-abrasive cleaner such as Clear Spray Glass Cleaner,available at your Authorised Mahindra Dealer

• The wiper blades can be cleaned with alcohol or PremiumWindshield Washer Concentrate, available at your AuthorisedMahindra Dealer. This washer fluid contains a special solution inaddition to alcohol which helps remove the hot wax deposited onthe wiper blade and windshield. Be sure to replace wiper bladeswhen they appear worn or do not function properly

• Do not use abrasives, as they may cause scratches

• Do not use fuel, kerosene, or paint thinner to clean any glassparts

If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glasscleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion, cleanthe outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a



sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild-abrasivecleaning solution. After cleaning, rinse the windshield and wiperblades with clean water. The windshield is clean if beads do notform when you rinse the windshield with water.

Do not use sharp objects, such as a razor blade, to remove decals,as it may cause damage to the glass or rear windshield heater gridlines (if equipped).

1177..1100..88 IInnssttrruummeenntt PPaanneell//IInntteerriioorr TTrriimm aanndd CClluusstteerrLLeennss

Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents whencleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel.

Clean the instrument panel, interior trim areas and cluster lenswith soap and water using soft microfibre / cotton cloth / sponge,then with a clean and dry white cotton cloth; you may also use Dashand Vinyl Cleaner on the instrument panel and interior trim areas.

• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upperportion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helpsprotect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection

• Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damagethe finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens

If a staining liquid like coffee/juice has been spilled on theinstrument panel or on the interior trim surfaces, clean as follows:

• Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth

• Apply vinyl cleaner to the wiped area and spread around evenly

• Apply cleaner to a clean white cotton cloth and press the clothonto the soiled area and allow this to set in at room temperaturefor 30 minutes

• Remove the soaked cloth, and if it is not soiled badly, use thiscloth to clean the area with a rubbing motion for 60 secs.

• Following this, wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth

1177..1100..99 IInntteerriioorr MMaaiinntteennaannccee

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts and seats:

• Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner

• Remove light stains and soil with carpet and upholstery cleaner

• If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the areafirst with a stain remover

• Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, whichcan stain and discolour the fabric and affect the flame retardantabilities of the seat materials

• Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle'ssafety belts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing



1177..1100..1100 LLeeaatthheerr SSeeaattss ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Your leather seating surfaces have a clear, protective coating overthe leather:

• To clean, use a soft microfibre/cotton / sponge cloth with aleather and vinyl with approved cleaners. Dry the area with a softcloth

• To help maintain its resiliency and colour, use the leather carekit, available from an Authorised Mahindra Dealer

• Do not use household cleaning products, alcohol solutions,solvents or cleaners intended for rubber, vinyl and plastics, oroil/petroleum-based leather conditioners. These products maycause premature wearing of the clear, protective coating

In some instances, a colour or dye transfer can occur when wetclothing comes in contact with leather upholstery. If this occurs,clean the leather immediately to avoid permanent staining.

1177..1100..1111 UUnnddeerrbbooddyy

Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently. Keep bodyand door drain holes free from packed dirt. You can also use ananti-corrosion spray for the underbody to avoid rusting andcorrosion especially for vehicles in coastal places.

1177..1111 AAiirr--CCoonnddiittiioonniinngg SSyysstteemm MMaaiinntteennaannccee

Your vehicle's air-conditioning is a sealed system. Any majormaintenance, such as recharging should be done by a qualifiedtechnician. However, you can do a few things by yourself to makesure the air-conditioning works efficiently.

Run the air-conditioning system at least once a week, even duringthe cold weather months. Run it for at least ten minutes with theengine running at normal operating temperature. This circulatesthe lubricating oil contained in the refrigerant.

Whenever you get the air-conditioning system serviced, makesure the service facility uses a refrigerant recycling system.This system captures the refrigerant for re-use. Releasing therefrigerant into the atmosphere may cause damage to theenvironment.

1177..1122 VVeehhiiccllee SSttoorraaggee

If you are leaving your vehicle for more than 2 weeks, you may wantto take stopping to protect your battery. Disconnect the negativecable from the battery. Anytime you store your vehicle, or keep itout of service (i. e. vacation) for two weeks or more, run the air-conditioning system at idle for about five minutes in the fresh airmode and high blower speed setting. This will ensure adequate



system lubrication to minimise the possibility of compressordamage when the system is started again.

It is recommended storing the vehicle in a covered, clean, dry, welllevelled, ventilated and closed place.

1177..1133 WWiinntteerr CCaarree

1177..1133..11 DDeeaalliinngg wwiitthh IIccee

Make sure you have window ice scrapers and de-icers for the locks.When you're stuck, having a small shovel is useful to dig out of thesnow. The weight of a bag of sand in the trunk will give addedtraction in rear-wheel drive vehicles and can be used to sprinkle onthe snow and ice to gain better traction. And don't forget personalprotection such as a warm coat, hat, gloves and a blanket, in caseyou get stuck in a storm.

1177..1133..22 KKeeeepp EEnnoouugghh FFuueell iinn tthhee TTaannkk

Never let the fuel level in the tank drop below the half-full mark. Asudden storm with unexpected heavy rains could leave youstranded for hours. Having adequate fuel supply will allow you to idlethe engine from time to time to keep warm.

DDoo nnoott::

• Tap the ice on the window to crack it or chip it for a good placeto start scraping. You could end up cracking more than the iceand end up with a cracked or shattered windshield/window

• Pour warm or hot water on the windshield to melt ice. This willcrack your windshield

1177..1133..33 DDuurriinngg WWiinntteerr SSttoorraaggee

Start the engine occasionally, here are a few pointers to keep inmind:

• Run it in a well-ventilated area. Carbon monoxide can build upquickly

• Run for a minimum of 20 minutes to allow the engine to comeup to the normal operating temperature. This will allow the oil tocirculate and will also open up the thermostat so that yourradiator anti-freeze circulates as well

• Start up the air-conditioner and/or heater and run both for 10minutes or so. Again, circulating fluids is essential for good life ofthe system

1177..1133..44 EExxtteerriioorr

Wash and wax your car to provide an extra layer of protection toyour paint.



1177..1133..55 VViinnyyll aanndd RRuubbbbeerr

Use a good conditioner on all vinyl and rubber parts to prevent fromdrying out.

1177..1133..66 IInntteerriioorr

Clean the glass, shampoo the carpets, dig in between the seats tosee what's there, clean the upholstery in all nooks and corners.

1177..1133..77 EEnnggiinnee

Check all hoses and wires to make sure everything is in goodcondition and replace any that need to be. The last thing to do is tomake sure the internal components of the engine remain lubricatedand don't corrode.

If the engine is being started after a very long period of non-use,warm up the engine at an idle speed for 2-3 minutes beforedriving the vehicle.

1177..1144 BBuullbb RReeppllaacceemmeennttss

1177..1144..11 HHeeaadd LLaammpp BBuullbb RReeppllaacceemmeenntt



The head lamp bulb can be replaced without removing the headlamp assembly from the vehicle.

To replace the head lamp bulb:

• Ensure ignition is switched OFF

• Remove rear dust cover from the head lamp

• Remove the bulb assembly with connector from the head lampby unlocking the wire clamp

• Detach the bulb assembly from the wiring connector near to thehead lamp

• Insert the connector into the new bulb (of the same wattage),and follow the reverse procedure to assemble the bulb assemblyin the headlight assembly

• Clamp the bulb assembly by wire clamp properly

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contaminationwill severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact withany oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol.

To avoid burning yourself, do not replace the light bulbs whenthey are hot. Halogen bulbs have pressurised gas inside andare to be handled with special care. Mishandling it may causethe bulb to burst or shatter. Hold the bulb with its metal/plasticholder/base and do not touch the glass part with bare hands.

Using bulbs with units of higher output capacity/wattage isillegal and may damage your vehicle’s electrical system.

Replacement bulbs must meet the specification of originallyfitted bulbs.



1177..1155 PPrroojjeeccttoorr HHeeaadd LLaammpp ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

A Turn signal lamp C Headlamp (High beam)

B Tail lamp/(DRL) D Headlamp (Low beam)

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contaminationwill severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact withany oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol.

To avoid burning yourself, do not replace the light bulbs whenthey are hot. Halogen bulbs have pressurised gas inside andare to be handled with special care. Mishandling it may causethe bulb to burst or shatter. Hold the bulb with its metal/plasticholder/base and do not touch the glass part with bare hands.

Using bulbs with units of higher output capacity/wattage isillegal and may damage your vehicle’s electrical system.Replacement bulbs must meet the specification of originallyfitted bulbs.

1177..1166 SSeerrvviiccee RReemmiinnddeerr AAlleerrtt ((iiff eeqquuiippppeedd))

Service reminder alert will be displayed in instrument clusterindicating that the next scheduled service is due. Alert will be activewhen ignition is turned ON before 200 km of every serviceschedule.

Alert will be reset by Mahindra Authorised Service Dealer aftercompletion of every service.



1177..1177 MMaaiinntteennaannccee SScchheedduullee CChhaarrtt ((PPeettrrooll))

XXUUVV330000 –– PPEETTRROOLL DDiissttaannccee CCoovveerreedd iinn kkmm xx 11000000

DDeessccrriippttiioonn CChhaannggee IInntteerrvvaallFFRREEEE SSEERRVVIICCEE PPAAIIDD SSEERRVVIICCEE

11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

EENNGGIINNEE

ENGINE OIL 1 Replace at every 10000 km I R R R R R R R R R R

ENGINE OIL FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R

AUTO TENSIONER & BELTS Replace at every 100000 km I I R

COOLANT 3Replace at first 60000 km and thenat every 80000 km

I I I I I I R I I I I

SPARK PLUGS 3 Replace at every 100000 km R

AAIIRR,, FFUUEELL && EEXXHHAAUUSSTT

AIR FILTER ELEMENT 4Check indicator at every 10000 km &Replace element at every 30000 km

C C R C C R C C R C

FUEL FILTER Replace at every 20000 km R R R R R

EXHAUST PIPE MOUNTINGS& DAMAGE/LEAKAGE

Inspect at 1000, 20000 km and thenat every 20000 km

I I I I I I

TTRRAANNSSAAXXLLEE && DDIIFFFFEERREENNTTIIAALL

TRANSAXLE OIL 3Replace at first 50000 km & atsubsequent 100000 km

I R I





11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

BBRRAAKKEESS

BRAKE & CLUTCH FLUID-LEVEL CHECK 2

Replace at every 40000 km I I I I R I I I R I I

PARKING BRAKE OPERATIONAdjust at 1000, 20000 km and thenat every 20000 km

A A A A A A

FRONT AND REAR BRAKEPADS / CALIPER Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG

WHEEL ALIGNMENT* At 40000 km, earlier if abnormal wear is noticed @

TYRE ROTATION* Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

WHEEL BALANCING* If Required

EELLEECCTTRRIICCAALL

BATTERY HEALTH CHECK Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

ALL LAMPS, HORNS, WIPERS& WASHERS

Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

SERVICE REMINDERINDICATOR RESET


HEAD LIGHT AIMING Inspect at 1000 km I





11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

HHVVAACC

PARTICLE FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R

WATER DRAIN PIPE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

FFIINNAALL IINNSSPPEECCTTIIOONN

TYRE PRESSURE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

BALL JOINTS/DRIVE SHAFTBOOTS GREASE LEAK


ROAD TEST Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

CHECK DTC Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

LLEEGGEENNDDSS --

* ON Chargeable Basis, # - If Applicable, I = Inspect and Correct R = Replace C =Clean A= Adjust

1 - Change as per Km or 1 Year whichever earlier

For Petrol engine, if the vehicle operates in dusty environment, high humid and predominant city drive condition oil change at every 5000 km or 1 yearwhichever earlier

2 - Change as per the km or 2 years whichever earlier

3 - Change as per the km or 3 years whichever earlier

4 - Under extreme operating conditions, replace air filter every 20,000 km

@ - Suggest to carry Wheel Alignment at Mahindra Authorised Service Centre



1177..1188 MMaaiinntteennaannccee SScchheedduullee CChhaarrtt ((DDiieesseell))

XXUUVV330000 –– DDIIEESSEELL DDiissttaannccee CCoovveerreedd iinn kkmm xx 11000000


11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

EENNGGIINNEE

ENGINE OIL 1Replace at first 10000 km thenevery 20000 km

I R I R I R I R I R I

ENGINE OIL FILTERReplace at first 10000 km thenevery 20000 km

R R R R R

AUTO TENSIONER & BELTS Replace at every 100000 km I I R

COOLANT 3Replace at first 60000 km and thenat every 80000 km

I I I I I I R I I I I

AAIIRR,, FFUUEELL && EEXXHHAAUUSSTT

AIR FILTER ELEMENT 4Check indicator at every 10000 km& Replace element at every 30000km

C C R C C R C C R C

FUEL FILTER Replace at every 40000 km R R

DRAIN WATER IN FUELFILTER

Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I

EXHAUST PIPE MOUNTINGS& DAMAGE/LEAKAGE

Inspect at 1000, 20000 km andthen at every 20000 km

I I I I I I





11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

TTRRAANNSSAAXXLLEE && DDIIFFFFEERREENNTTIIAALL

TRANSAXLE OIL 3Replace at first 50000 km & atsubsequent 100000 km

I R I

BBRRAAKKEESS

BRAKE & CLUTCH FLUID-LEVEL CHECK 2

Replace at every 40000 km I I I I R I I I R I I

PARKING BRAKE OPERATIONAdjust at 1000, 20000 km and thenat every 20000 km

A A A A A A

FRONT AND REAR BRAKEPADS / CALIPER Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG

WHEEL ALIGNMENT* At 40000 km, earlier if abnormal wear is noticed @

TYRE ROTATION* Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

WHEEL BALANCING* If Required

EELLEECCTTRRIICCAALL

BATTERY HEALTH CHECK Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

ALL LAMPS, HORNS, WIPERS& WASHERS






11 1100 2200 3300 4400 5500 6600 7700 8800 9900 110000

SERVICE REMINDERINDICATOR RESET


HEAD LIGHT AIMING Inspect at 1000 km I

HHVVAACC

PARTICLE FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R

WATER DRAIN PIPE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

FFIINNAALL IINNSSPPEECCTTIIOONN

TYRE PRESSURE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

BALL JOINTS/DRIVE SHAFTBOOTS GREASE LEAK


ROAD TEST Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

CHECK DTC Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

LLEEGGEENNDDSS --

* ON Chargeable Basis, # - If Applicable, I = Inspect and Correct R = Replace C =Clean A= Adjust

1- Change as per the km or 1 year whichever earlier 2 - Change as per the km or 2 years whichever earlier

3 - Change as per the km or 3 years whichever earlier 4 - Under extreme operating conditions, replace air filter every 20,000 km

@ - Suggest to carry Wheel Alignment at Mahindra Authorised Service Centre


AAfter Driving Off-Road or through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7Air-Conditioning System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-20Airbag Deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Airbag Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Airbag Inflation/Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Airbag Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Airbag Non-deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Airbag Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Airbag Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Airbag System Malfunction Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Airbag Warning Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Airbags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Alloy Wheels and Wheel Covers (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-18Anti Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Anti-Glare Auto Adjustment Function (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Malfunction Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . 9-25Appearance Care and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-16Arming of Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24Assist Grip and Coat Hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Audio/Infotainment Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Auto Hazard Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Auto Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Auto Mode (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Auto Operation Mode (Auto Indicator ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5Auto Re-lock On Any Door Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Auto Re-lock on Master Actuator Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Auto Re-locking (if applicable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Auto Unlock On Ignition OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Auto Unlock Upon Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10AUTO Wash (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38AUX and USB Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Average Fuel Efficiency (AFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Average Speed (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-14Battery Charging System Warning Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Battery Replacement for Remote Key/Smart Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Battery Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Bottle Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5Bulb Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-22Bulb Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

CCentral Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Centre Room Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Centre Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Centre Switch Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Changing a flat tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Changing a Flat Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7Changing the Wiper Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-16Check Engine Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Checking/Topping Brake/Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-12Checking/Topping Engine Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-11Checking/Topping the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-9Chemicals and Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3Child Restraint and Airbag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Clock Screens (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Cluster Setting (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Console Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-16Cruise Control Activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17Cruise Control De-activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17Cruise Indicator (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

DDaytime Running Lamp (DRL) (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Dealing with Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-21Defogging/Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-17Digital Speedo Meter (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Distance to Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Door Ajar Warning Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Door Courtesy Lamp (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Door Open Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Drive Information (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Drive Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Driving and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Driving Through Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6Driving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-17Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4

EElectric Foldable ORVM (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Electric ORVM (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8Electronic Stability Program (ESP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-14Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-6, 17-17Engine Compartment Fuse Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine Idling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15Engine Idling - In Cold Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-16Engine Immobiliser System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24Engine Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Engine Stop/Start Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Entry and Exit Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8EPS Warning Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28ESP OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15ESP OFF Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27ESP ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-14ESP System Warning Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Exhaust Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4Exterior Chrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-17Exterior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

FFastening the Seat Belt (3-Point type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Feature Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Feature Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Alphabetical Index

Flick-Wipe (Mist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Flowing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7Fog Lamps (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Fog Lamps OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Folding The Rear Seat Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Follow-Me Home (FMH) (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43Front Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Front Center Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3Front Cup Holder/Rear Cup Holder and Armrest (if equipped) . . . . . . . 8-13Front Fog Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Front Fog Lamps ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Front Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Front Roof Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Front Seat Height Adjustment (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Front Seat Recline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Front Seat Slide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Front Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Front Side Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3Front/Rear Obstacle Detection System (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-19Fuel Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Fuel Level Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fuel-Lid Opening and Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-20Fuelling during Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-19Functional Safety Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Fuses & Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

GGear Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-11Gear Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-11Gear Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Gears 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-12General Driving Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4General Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-8General Owners Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1General Safety Information and Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2General Warnings and Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Get the most from your Service and Maintenance visits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Glove Box Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Glow Plug Indicator (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1Hazard Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Head Lamp “AUTO” Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Head Lamp / High Beam Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Head Lamp Bulb Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-22Head Lamp Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Head Lamp Levelling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Head Lamp Low/High Beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Head Lamp ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Head Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6HHC malfunction (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29High Speed Wiping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17How to Calculate Fuel Efficiency (Mileage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9HVAC Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

IIf Remote Key is Lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11If Smart Key is Lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Ignition Switch (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Infant and Child Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Inflating Your Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel Fuse Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Instrument Panel/Interior Trim and Cluster Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Interior Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19Interior Rearview Mirror (IRVM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Intermittent (INT) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

JJack Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Jacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3

KKeep Enough Fuel in the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-21

LLead Me to Vehicle (LMV) (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Leather Seats (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-20Life of Tyre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5Lighting Control Stalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Limitations of PAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Limp Home Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7Locks and Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Low Fuel Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Low Speed Wiping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Luggage Room Lamp Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

MMaintenance - Inside the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-13

Alphabetical Index

Maintenance - Outside the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-14Maintenance Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3Maintenance Schedule Chart (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-28Maintenance Schedule Chart (Petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-25Manual Heater/Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-18Manual Operation Mode (Auto Indicator OFF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6Manual ORVM (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Manual Temperature Control (MTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-12Manual Type (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Minimum Fuel Requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-20Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Mood Lighting (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

NNeed Assistance?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-11

OOBD Check Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Off-Road Driving Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5Oils, Fluids and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3Operation of PAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Operation of RPAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Operation of TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8Outside Ambient Temperature (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Override Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-19

PPaint Chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-17Park Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Parking Assistance System (PAS) – RPAS & FPAS (If equipped) . . . . . 10-2

Parking Assistance System Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Parking Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6Parking Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Parking Lamp ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28Parking on a Hill/Incline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6PAS (RPAS & FPAS) Information on Instrument Cluster Screen . . . . . 10-3Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Passenger Occupant Detection System (PODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Passenger Seat Head Restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Passenger Seat Recline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Passenger Seat Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Pay Attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Plastic (Non-painted) Exterior Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-18Power Outlet (12V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Power Window Lock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Protect your Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2

QQuadruple Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

RRadial Ply Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5Rear Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Rear Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Rear Fog Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Rear Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Rear Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5REAR VIEW CAMERA (RVC) (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Rear Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39Rear Wiper-High Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39Rear Wiper-Low Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38Recommended Gear Shifting Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-12Recommended Placard Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-13Remote Key Operating Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Remote key Status LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Replacing Air Conditioner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-19Restore the Tools, Jack and Flat Tyre Securely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24RESUME Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-13Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) - Type-2 (ifequipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) – Type 1(ifequipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

SSafety Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Safety Tips - Before Starting Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1Screen View Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8Search Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Seat Back/Magazine Pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Seat Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Seat Belt Warning Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Seat Side Airbag and Curtain Airbag (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Self Removing SRS Related Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12SET - Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18SET+ Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18Sitting in Correct Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Smart Key Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Smart Key Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20Smart Power Window with Anti-Pinch (applicable for driverdoor only) (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Snow Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6Spare Wheel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Steering Audio Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4Steering Controls - Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4Steering Lock Alerts (for W8/W8 (O) only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Steering Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3Steering Mode Control Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Steering Mode Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3Stopping the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3Storage Compartments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7, 8-10Suggestions for Obtaining Service for your Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2Sun Glass Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Alphabetical Index

Sun Visor and Ticket Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Sunroof (if equipped. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Sunroof Service Checking Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Sunroof Sliding Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Sunroof Tilting Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Tailgate Safety Release Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Theft Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Theft Detent Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24Theft Detent Warning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24Thermal Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Tilt Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2Tips for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8Tiretronics (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27, 15-8Tiretronics Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10Tiretronics Learning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11Tiretronics Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9To Owners of a Mahindra Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7Towing Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-11Tread Wear Indicators (TWI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5Trip Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Turn Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28Tyre Direction Monitoring System (TDMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Tyre Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3Tyre Rotation Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6Tyre Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-12

UUnderbody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-20Unfastening the Seat Belt (Both 3-Point & 2-Point) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Uphill and Downhill Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15

VVanity Mirror and Lamp (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Vehicle Condition Related Warning (W8/W8 (O) only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Vehicle Does Not Start - Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Vehicle Overheating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2Vehicle Self Maintenance - General Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18

WW4/W6 instrument cluster screen flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6W8/W8(O) Instrument Cluster screen flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Warning / Tell-tale Lamps in the Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Warning for Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Warning Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Warning Lamps Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Warning Triangle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2Washing the Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-16Water-in-Fuel Warning Lamp (if equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Welcome and Good Bye Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Wheel Bolt Loosening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Wheel Tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7Windows and Wiper Blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-18Windshield Washer Fluid Top-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-13Windshield Washer Jet - Front & Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40Windshield Wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Winter Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-21Wipe/Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-15Wiper Control Stalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Wiper Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

Alphabetical Index

owner’smanual - mahindra xuv300 · mahindra dealer or a qualified mechanic. if the inspection...

Documents